Zoo in India 2014 Final

Zoos in India
2014
Legislation,
Policy,
Guidelines
and
Strategy
Central Zoo Authority

(Statutory Body under the Ministry of Environment,
Forests and Climate Change, Govt. of India)
Legislation, Policy, Guidelines and Strategy
First published as "Zoos-instrument for Conservation" : 1998

First revision as "Zoos-instrument for Conservation" : 2001
Second revision as "Zoos-instrument for Conservation" : 2004
Third revision as "Zoos in India-legislation, policy, guidelines & strategy" : 2007
Fourth revision as "Zoos in India-legislation, policy, guidelines & strategy" : 2009
Fifth revision as "Zoos in India-legislation, policy, guidelines & strategy" : 2014
Edited & Revised by: B.S. Bonal, Inder Dhamija, B.R. Sharma,
S.C. Sharma, Brij Kishor Gupta
Cover Photos Credit: Brij Kishor Gupta
Published by

(Statutory Body under the Ministry of Environment,
Forests and Climate Change)
e-mail: [email protected], website: www.cza.nic.in
Zoos in India - 2014
CONTENTS
Page
1. National Zoo Policy, 1998 1-6

2. Relevant sections applicable to zoos under the Wild Life 7-48
(Protection) Act, 1972 with the (Amendment) Act, 2006
3. Relevant Portions of National Wildlife 49-56
Action Plan (2002-2016)
4. Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009 with 57-82
(Amendment) Rules, 2013
5. Guidelines for facilitating effective and scientific 83-123
management of zoos in India in consonance with
Rule 10 of Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009
6. Guidelines for establishment of new zoos under Section 125-132
38H (1A) of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
7. Guidelines for
(a) Master Plans
(i) Guidelines for Preparation of Master Plan 135-143
for long term development of zoos
(ii) Additional guidelines incorporating prohibitory 148-153
provisions for the preparation of Master Plan
for the long term development of the Zoos
(iii) Check-List for Master Plan Submission 154-161
(b) Guidelines for establishing Safari Parks in 162-163
the existing Zoos
(c) Guidelines for Conservation Breeding Programme 164-172
(d) Guidelines for Marking of animals and birds 173-174
(e) Transportation
(i) Guidelines for transport of captive wild animals 175-178
(ii) Protocols for transportation of wild animals 179-208
(f) Guidelines for exchange or transfer 209-212
of animals between Zoos
(g) Procedure and process for acquiring animals 213-216
from zoos abroad
(h) Guidelines for release of zoo animals into the wild 217-220
(i) Guidelines on Minimum Dimension of Enclosures 221-229
for Housing of Animals of Different Species in Zoos
(j) Guidelines on use of innovative exhibit design and 230-234
barriers design for holding and display of Animals
and birds in Indian Zoos
(k) Guidelines for the Utilization of Volunteers 235-248
in Zoo Management in India
(l) Guidelines for Developing Framework Mechanism 249-258
for Mobilizing Financial Support for Supplementing
Management of Zoos
(m) Advisory - Banning elephants from zoo collections 259
(i) Guidelines for management and maintenance 260
of elephants in circuses
(ii) Recommended guidelines during stakeholder 261-263
meetings on ‘Elephants upkeep in zoos’
(n) Policy on establishment of Dolphinarium 264-265
(o) Suggested health monitoring protocol for zoos 266-268
(p) Measures for preventing Avian Influenza 269
(q) Central Government Orders prohibiting sale 270-271
of animals by zoo
PREFACE
The Zoos in India are managed as per the provisions of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
and guided by the National Zoo Policy, 1998. The Government of India established the Central
Zoo authority in the year 1992 to oversee the functioning of Zoos in the country and to control
mushrooming of ill-planned and ill-conceived Zoos. The Central Zoo Authority is working in
this direction. It has been the endeavor of the Central Zoo Authority to ensure that Zoo animals
are provided with conditions that are congenial to their psychological and physical well-being
and are able to procreate augmenting declining populations in wild. The National Zoo Policy
adopted in October, 1998 highlights the need for adequate financial and technical resources
for effective functioning of Zoos in the country. The Policy also lays emphasis on coordination
between the Zoos and eminent research and education institutions on various aspects of
Zoo Management. The Recognition of Zoo Rules, 1992 prescribes the different standards
and norms to be followed in the Zoos to provide appropriate housing, veterinary care, diet
etc. to the animals kept. In order to achieve the mandated function of CZA, Recognition
of Zoo Rules, 1992 was formulated fixing norms and standard for management of zoos
in the country. It has been further replaced by Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009, which are
more facilitatory than regulatory in nature. The endeavor of CZA for improvement of zoos
in country through Legislation, Policy, Guidelines & Strategy has been compiled with latest
amendments, formulation of policy. I hope this compilation on “Zoos in India - Legislation,
Policy, Guidelines and Strategy” will help in better management of existing Zoos and facilitate
creation of better zoos in future.
(B.S. Bonal)
Member Secretary
E-mail: [email protected] Website: http://www.cza.nic.in

1
National Zoo Policy, 1998

1. National Zoo Policy, 1998
Preamble
1.1 The growing awareness for nature & wildlife conservation has
made zoos a popular institution. Estimates indicate that 10% of the world’s
population visit zoos every year. There are about 350 animal collections in
India, which are visited by more than 50 million people annually.
1.2 While there is a history of scientific interest, conservation and welfare of
captive wild animals in the country, many zoos have evolved from menageries
and private collections, and most zoos until the last two decades were set up
mainly for entertainment and recreation. As wildlife resources were abundant in
the past, scientific knowledge about the behavioral and biological requirements
of animals did not receive adequate attention, with the result that scientific
management of wild animals in captivity has evolved slowly.
1.3 The need for making conservation as one of the main objectives
of management of zoos was realized by Government of India soon
after independence and the Indian Board of Wildlife made important
recommendations in this regard. The Government set up an Expert Committee
on Management of Zoos in November,1972 and its recommendations were
accepted in June,1973. The recommendations are relevant even now for
improving the management of Zoos. The National Wildlife Action Plan of 1983
again emphasized the role of ex-situ conservation in national conservation
efforts. However, because of varied ownership patterns and divergent nature
of animal collections, not much was achieved.
1.4 Today when wildlife habitats are under severe pressure and a large
number of species of wild fauna have become endangered, the zoos have
not only to sustain their own populations but also augment the depleting
populations of endangered species in the wild. This new role has been
acknowledged by the global conservation community and Article 9 of the
Convention on Biological Diversity.
1.5 As zoos are visited by a large number of visitors, zoos are a potent tool
for educating people about the close linkage between protection of natural
areas and maintaining the life supporting processes of nature. Well-planned
and appropriately designed zoos can sensitize visitors to the dangers of a
hostile or indifferent attitude towards nature.
1.6 In India, many well designed zoos were set up in some of the States
but for the most part, zoos have not been able to meet the challenges
1
imposed by the changing scenario and still continue with the legacy of past
i.e. displaying animals under conditions which are neither congenial to the
animals nor educative and rewarding to the visitors.
1.7 The amendment of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, in 1991, provided for
the enforcement of mandatory standards and norms for management of zoos
through the Central Zoo Authority. However, it is realized that the objectives of
the Act can be achieved only through co-operation and participation of various
government agencies, non-governmental organisations and people at large.
1.8 The National Zoo Policy aims at giving proper direction and thrust to
the management of zoos by mustering co-operation and participation of all
concerned.
Objectives
2.1 The main objective of the zoos shall be to complement and strengthen
the national efforts in conservation and strengthen the national efforts in
conservation of the rich biodiversity of the country, particularly the fauna. The
objective can be achieved through the following protocol :-
2.1.1 Supporting the conservation of endangered species by giving
species, which have no chance of survival in wild, a last chance of survival
through coordinated breeding under ex-situ condition and raise stocks for
rehabilitating them in wild as and when it is appropriate and desirable.
2.1.2 To inspire amongst zoo visitors empathy for wild animals, an
understanding and awareness about the need for conservation of natural
resources and for maintaining the ecological balance.
2.1.3 Providing opportunities for scientific studies useful for conservation in
general and creation of database for sharing between the agencies involved
in in-situ and ex-situ conservation
2.1.4 Besides the aforesaid objectives, the zoos shall continue to function
as rescue centres for orphaned wild animals, subject to the availability of
appropriate housing and upkeep infrastructure. Where appropriate housing
and upkeep is not available, State Government and the Central Government
would ascertain setting up rescue facilities in off-the-display areas of the zoo,
subject to the availability of land.
Strategy for Achieving the Objectives
General Policy about Zoos
3.1.1 Since zoos require a significant amount of resources in the form of
2
land, water, energy and money, no new zoo shall be set up unless a sustained
supply of resources including finance and technical support are guaranteed.
3.1.2 Zoos shall prepare a long-term master plan for development to ensure
optimum utilisation of the land, water, energy and finance.
3.1.3 Every Zoo shall maintain a healthy, hygienic and natural environment
in the zoo, so that the visitors get an adequate opportunity to experience a
natural environment.
3.1.4 Zoos shall give priority to endangered species in their collection and
breeding plans. The order of preference for selection of species shall be (in
descending order) locality, region, country and other areas.
3.1.5 Zoos shall regulate the number of animals of various species in their
collection in such a way that each animal serves the objectives of the zoo. For
achieving this objective, a detailed management plan of every species in the
zoo shall be prepared.
3.1.6 Every zoo shall endeavor to avoid keeping single animals of non-
viable sex ratios of any species. They shall cooperate in pooling such animals
into genetically, demographically and socially viable groups at zoos identified
for the purpose.
3.1.7 Zoos shall avoid keeping surplus animals of prolifically breeding
species and if required, appropriate population control measures shall be
adopted.
Acquisition of Animals
3.2.1 Except for obtaining founder animals for approved breeding
programme and infusion of new blood into inbred groups, no zoo shall collect
animals from the wild.
3.2.2 Zoos shall not enter into any transaction involving violation of the law
and provisions of international conventions on wildlife conservation.
3.2.3 Zoos shall not enter into any transaction in respect of their surplus
animals with any commercial establishment. Even the animal products should
not be utilised for commercial purposes. The trophies of the animals could,
however, be used for educational or scientific purposes.
Animal Housing
3.3.1 Every animal in a zoo shall be provided housing, upkeep and health
care that can ensure a quality of life and longevity to enable the zoo population
sustain itself through procreation.
3
3.3.2 The enclosure for all the species displayed or kept in a zoo shall be
of such size that all animals get adequate space for free movement and
exercise and no animal is unduly dominated or harassed by any other animal.
3.3.3 Each animal enclosure in a zoo shall have appropriate shelters,
perches, withdrawal areas, wallow, pools drinking water points and such
other facilities which can provide the animals a chance to display the wide
range of their natural behaviour as well as protect them from extremes of
climate.
Upkeep of Animal Collections
3.4.1 Zoos shall provide diet to each species, which is similar to its feed
in nature. Where for unavoidable reasons any ingredients have to be
substituted, due care will be taken to ensure that the substitute fulfills the
nutritional requirement of the species.
3.4.2 For the well being of the animals, round the clock supply of potable
drinking water shall be made available to all animals kept in the zoo.
3.4.3 With the objectives of avoiding human imprinting and domestication
of animals zoos shall prevent physical handling of animals by the staff to the
extent possible.
3.4.4 Zoos shall not allow any animal to be provoked or tortured for the
purpose of extracting any performance or tricks for the benefit of the visitors
or for any other reason.
Health Care
3.5.1 Zoos shall ensure availability of the highest standards of veterinary
care to all the animals in their collection.
3.5.2 Adequate measures shall be taken by every zoo for implementing
wildlife health and quarantine rules and regulations. Appropriate vaccination
programmes shall also be taken up for safeguarding against infectious
diseases. Timely action to isolate infected animals from the zoo population
shall be taken to avoid further spread of disease.
Research And Training
3.6.1 The zoos shall encourage research on the biology, behaviour, nutrition
and veterinary aspects of animals in their collection. They shall also endeavor
for creation of expertise on zoo architecture and landscape designing,
cooperation of recognised institutions already working in relevant fields in
this regard shall be taken.
4
3.6.2 Zoos shall endeavor for transfer of technical skills available in the field
for zoo personnel. The Central Government, Central Zoo Authority and State
Government shall provide due support to zoos in these efforts. Assistance of
Wildlife Institute of India (WII), India Veterinary Research Institute (IVRI) and
other institutions within India and abroad, having appropriate expertise shall
be taken in this regard.
3.6.3 Zoos shall also endeavour for dissemination of information on
scientific aspects of management through publication of periodicals, journals,
newsletters and special bulletins. Help of non-governmental organisations
(NGOs) and government institutions shall also be availed in such efforts.
The Central Zoo Authority shall provide technical and financial support to the
Indian Zoos Directors Association (IZDA) and other institutions in this regard.
Breeding programme for species
3.7.1 Before taking up breeding programmes of any species, zoos shall
clearly identify the objectives for which the breeding programme is being
taken up. The targeted numbers for the programme would be decided
keeping in view the identified objectives.
3.7.2 All zoos shall cooperate in successful implementation of identified
breeding programmes by way of loaning, pooling or exchanging animals for
the programme and help creation of socially, genetically and demographically
viable groups even at the cost of reducing the number of animals or number
of species displayed in individual zoos.
3.7.3 Breeding programme shall be taken up by zoos after collection
of adequate data like biology, behaviour and other demo graphic factors
affecting the programme including the minimum number of founder animals
and the quantum of housing facilities available.
3.7.4 Programmes for breeding of zoo animals for re-introduction in the wild
shall be taken up after getting approval of the State Government, the Central
Zoo Authority and the Central Government as the case may be.
3.7.5 Zoos shall give priority in their breeding programmes to endangered
species representing the zoo-geographic zones in which they are located.
3.7.6 For carrying out breeding programmes in a scientific and planned
manner the zoo shall mark every individual animal involved in the programme
in an appropriate manner and maintain appropriate records.
3.7.7 Zoos shall take utmost precaution to prevent inbreeding. They shall
avoid artificial selection of traits and make no explicit or implicit attempts to
interbreed various genera, species and sub-species.
5
3.7.8 Special efforts shall be made to avoid human imprinting of the stocks
raised for reintroduction purposes by providing off exhibit breeding facilities.
Education and Outreach Activity
3.8.1 Each zoo should have a well drawn-up plan for educating the visitors
as well as others in the community. Zoos shall keep a close liaison with other
ex-situ facilities in this regard.
3.8.2 The central theme of the zoo education programme being the linkage
between the survival of various species and protection of their natural habitat,
enclosures which allow the animals to display natural behaviour are crucial to
zoo education. Zoo shall, therefore, display animals in such enclosures only
where the animals do not suffer physiological and psychological restraint.
3.8.3 Attractive and effective signage methods and interactive displays
to explain activities of various species to visitors, published education
material and audio-visual devices are proven methods for driving home the
conservation’s message. A formal education programme should also be
pursued for strengthening the education message.
3.8.4 Beside signage, the zoos shall also use guided tours, talks by
knowledgeable persons and audio-visual shows for effectively communicating
the message of conservation to the visitors.
3.8.5 The help of universities, colleges and non-governmental organisation
shall be taken to educate the students about the benefits of supporting nature
conservation programmes.
Extension Activities
3.9.1 To provide the urban population with a window to nature and to serve
as green lungs for the polluting environment, zoos shall extend their expertise
and help to State Governments and local authorities to create nature parks
extending over extensive areas near big cities.
Amenities to Visitors
3.10.1 Zoo shall provide basic civic amenities to the visitors like toilets,
drinking water points, shelters and first-aid facilities. Ramps shall also be
provided for the benefit of visitors in wheel chairs for approach to animal
enclosure and other civic amenities.
3.10.2 Zoos shall not provide any infrastructure for recreation/entertainment
of visitors that is inconsistent with the stated objective of zoos.
*****
6
2
RELEVANT SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ZOOS

UNDER
THE WILDLIFE
(PROTECTION) ACT, 1972
With
THE WILDLIFE (PROTECTION)

AMENDMENT ACT, 2006
CHAPTER - I
Preliminary
[1. Short title, extent, and commencement, -
(1) This Act may be called the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
(2) It extends to the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
(3) It shall come into force in a State or Union Territory to which it extends,
[***] on such date as the central Government may, by notification,
appoint, and different dates may be appointed for different provision
of this act or for different States and Union Territories.
2. [Definitions - An Act to provide for the protection of wild animals,
birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary
or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and
environmental security of the country.”]
[(1) “animal” includes mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish,
other chordates and invertebrates and also includes their young
and eggs;]
(2) “animal article” means an article made from any captive animal
or wild animal, other than vermin, and includes an article
or object in which the whole or any part of such animal [has
been used and ivory imported into India and an article made
therefrom].
(3) [Omitted 1991.]
[(4) “Board” means a State Board for Wild Life constituted under sub-
section (1) of section 6;]
(5) “captive animal” means any animal, specified in Schedule I,
Schedule II, Schedule III or Schedule IV, which is captured or
kept or bred in captivity;
(6) [Omitted 1991.]
(7) “Chief Wildlife Warden” means the person appointed as such under
C1. (a) of sub-section (1) of Sec.4;
[(7A) “Circus” means an establishment, whether stationary or
mobile where animals are kept or used wholly or mainly for
the purpose of performing tricks or manoeuvers;]
8
Relevant Sections applicable to Zoos Under
The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 with (Amendment) Act, 2006
[(8) [Omitted 2002.] ]

[(9) “Collector” means the chief officer- in-charge of the revenue
administration of a district or any other officer not below the rank of
a Deputy Collector as may be appointed by the State Government
under section 18B in this behalf;]
(10) “commencement of this Act”, in relation to -
(a) a State, means commencement of this Act in the State.
(b) any provision of this Act, means commencement of that
provision in the concerned State;
[(11) “dealer” in relation to any captive animal, animal article, trophy,
uncured trophy, meat or specified plant, means a person, who
carries on the business of buying or selling any such animal or
article, and includes a person who undertakes business in any
single transaction;]
(12) “Director” means the person appointed as Director of Wildlife
Preservation under
C1 (a). of sub-section (1) of Sec. 3;
[(12A) “Forest Officer” means the Forest officer appointed under

clause (2) of Sec. 2 of the Indian Forest Act, 1927 (16 of
1927) or under any other act for the time being in force in a
State;]
[(12B) “forest produce” shall have the same meaning as in sub-

clause (b) of clause (4) of Sec. 2 of the Indian Forest Act,
1927 (16 of 1927);]
(13) [Omitted 1991.]
(14) “Government property” means property referred to in Sec.39;

[or Sec.17H]
(15) “habitat” includes land, water, or vegetation which is the natural

home of any wild animal;
(16) “hunting”, with its grammatical variations and cognate

expressions, includes,-
9
[(a) killing or poisoning of any wild animal or captive animal

and every attempt to do so;]
[(b) capturing, coursing, snaring, trapping, driving or baiting

any wild or captive animal and every attempt to do so;]
(c) injuring or destroying or taking any part of the body of

any such animal, or in the case of wild birds or reptiles,
damaging the eggs of such birds or reptiles, or disturbing
the eggs or nests of such birds or reptiles;
(17) “land” includes canals, creeks, and other water channels, reservoirs,
rivers, streams and lakes, whether artificial or natural, [marshes and
wetlands and also includes boulders a nd rocks; ]
(18) “licence” means a licence granted under this Act;
[(18A) “livestock” means farm animals and includes buffaloes, bulls,
bullocks, camels, cows, donkeys, goats, sheep, horses,
mules, yaks, pigs, ducks, geese, poultry and their young but
does not include any animal specified in Schedule I to V;]
[(19) “manufacturer” means a person who manufactures articles from any
animal or plant specified in Schedule I to V and VI, as the case may
be;]
[(20) “meat” includes blood, bones, sinew, eggs, shell or carapace, fat and
flesh with or without skin, whether raw or cooked, of any wild animal
or captive animal, other than a vermin; ]
[(21) “National Board” means the National Board for Wild Life
Constituted under Sec.5A;]
(22) “notification” means a notification published in the official
Gazette;
(23) “permit” means a permit granted under this Act or any rule made
thereunder;
(24) “person” includes a firm;
[(24A)
“protected area” means a national Park, a sanctuary, a
conservation reserve or a community reserve notified
under sections 18, 35, 36A and 36C of the Act;]
10
(25) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;
[(25A) “recognized zoo” means a zoo recognized under Sec.

38H;]
[(25B) “reserve forest” means the forest declare to be reserved by

the State Government under Sec. 20 of the Indian Forest Act,
1927, (16 of 1927) or declared as such under any other State
Act;]
[(26) “sanctuary” means an area declared as a sanctuary by notification

under the provisions of Chapter IV of this Act and shall also include a
deemed sanctuary under sub-section (4) of Sec. 66;]
[(27) “specified plant” means any plant specified in Schedule VI;]
[(28) [Omitted 2002.]]
(29) “State Government”, in relation to a Union Territory, means the

Administrator of that union Territory appointed by the President
under Art 239 of the Constitutions;
[(30) “taxidermy”, with its grammatical variations and cognate

expressions, means the curing, preparation or preservation or
mounting of trophies;]
[(30A) “territorial waters” shall have the same meaning as in Sec.3.

of Territorial waters, Continental Shelf, Exclusive Economic
Zone and other Maritime Zones Act, 1976 (80 of 1976);]
(31) “trophy” means the whole or any part of any captive animal or
wild animal, other than vermin, which has been kept or preserved
by any means, whether artificial or natural, and includes,
(a) rugs, skins, and specimens of such animals mounted in
whole or in part through a process of taxidermy, and
[(b) antler, bone, carapace, shell, horn, rhinoceros horn,
hair, feather, nail, tooth, tusk, musk, eggs, nests and
honeycomb;]
11
(32) “uncured trophy” means the whole or any part of any captive
animal, other than vermin, which has not undergone a process of
taxidermy, and includes a [ freshly killed wild animal ambergris,
musk and other animal products];
(33) “vehicle” means any conveyance used for movement on land, water
or air, and includes buffalo, bull, bullock, camel, donkey, elephant,
house and mules;
(34) “vermin” means any wild animal specified in Sch.V;
(35) “weapon” includes ammunition, bows and arrows, explosives,
firearms, hooks, knives, nets, poison, snares, traps, and any
instrument or apparatus capable of anaesthetizing, decoying,
destroying, injuring or killing an animal;
[(36) “wild animal” means any animal specified in Schedules I and IV
and found wild in nature;]
[(37) “wild life” includes any animal, aquatic or land vegetation which
forms part of any habitat;]
(38) “Wildlife Warden” means the person appointed as such under C1. (b)
of sub-section (1) of Sec.4;
[(39) “zoo” means an establishment, whether stationary or mobile,
where captive animals are kept for exhibition to the public and
includes a circus and rescue centers but does not include an
establishment of a licenced dealer in captive animals;]
*****
12
CHAPTER II
Authorities to be appointed or
constituted under this Act
3. Appointment of Director another officers. - (1) The Central

Government may, for the purpose of this Act appoint -
(a) a Director of Wildlife Preservation;
[(b) [Omitted 2002.]]
(c) such other officers and employees as may be necessary.
(2) In the performance of his duties and exercise of his powers by
or under this Act, the Director shall be subject to such general or
special directions, as the Central Government may, from time to
time, give.
[(3) The Officers and other employees appointed under this section
shall be required to assist the Director.]
4. Appointment of Chief Wildlife Warden and other officers. - (1)

The State Government may, for the purpose of this Act, appoint -
(a) Chief Wildlife Warden;[***]
(b) Wildlife Wardens;
[(bb) Honorary Wild Life Wardens;]
(c) such other officers and employees as may be necessary.
(2) In the performance of his duties and exercise of his powers by or
under this Act, the Chief Wildlife Warden shall be subject to such
general or special directions, as the State Government may, from
time to time, give.
(3) [The Wildlife Warden, the Honorary Wildlife Warden] and other
officers and employees appointed under this section shall be
subordinate to the Chief Wildlife Warden.
5. Power to delegate - (1) The Director may, with the previous approval
of the Central Government, by order in writing, delegate all or any of
his powers and duties under this Act to any officer subordinate to him
subject to such conditions, if any, as may be specified in the order.
(2) The Chief Wildlife Warden may, with the previous approval of
the State Government, by order in writing, delegate all or any of his
13
powers and duties under this Act, except those under Clause (a)
of sub-section (1) of Sec.11, to any officer subordinate to him
subject to such conditions, if any, as may, be specified in the order.
(3) Subject to any general or special direction given or condition
imposed by the Director or the Chief Wildlife Warden, any person,
authorised by the Director or the Chief Wildlife Warden to exercise
any powers, may exercise those powers in the same manner and
to the same effect as if they had been conferred on that person
directly by this Act and not by way of delegation.
[5A. Constitution of the National Board for Wild Life.- (1) The
Central Government shall, within three months from the date of
commencement of the Wild Life (Protection) Amendment Act,
2002, constitute the National Board for Wild Life consisting of
the following members, namely: -
(a) the Prime Minister as Chairperson;
(b) the Minister in-charge of Forests and Wild Life as Vice-
Chairperson;
(c) three members of Parliament of whom two shall be from
the House of the People and one from the Council of
States;
(d) Member, Planning Commission in-charge of Forests and
Wild Life;
(e) five persons to represent non-governmental organizations
to be nominated by Central Government;
(f) ten persons to be nominated by the Central Government
from amongst eminent conservationists, ecologists and
environmentalists;
(g) the Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the
Ministry or Department of the Central government dealing
with Forests and Wild Life;
(h) the Chief of the Army Staff;
(i) the Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the
Ministry of Defence;
(j) the Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the
Ministry of Information and Broadcasting;
14
(k) the Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the

Department of Expenditure, Ministry of Finance;
(l) the Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Tribal
Welfare;
(m) the Director-General of Forests in the Ministry or
Department of the Central Government dealing with
Forests and Wild Life;
(n) the Director-General of Tourism, Government of India;
(o) the Director-General, Indian Council for Forestry Research
and Education, Dehradun;
(p) the Director, Wild Life Institute of India, Dehradun;
(q) the Director, Zoological Survey of India;
(r) the Director, Botanical Survey of India;
(s) the Director, Indian Veterinary Research Institute;
(t) the Member-Secretary, Central Zoo Authority;
(u) the Director, National Institute of Oceanography;
(v) one representative each from ten States and Union
Territories by rotation, to be nominated by the Central
Government;
(w) the Director of Wild life Preservation who shall be the
Member-Secretary of the National Board.
(2) The term of office of the members other than those who are
members ex officio, the manner of filling vacancies referred to in
clauses (e), (f) and (v) of sub-section (1), and the procedure to be
followed in the discharge of their functions by the members of the
National Board shall be such, as may be prescribed.
(3) The members (except members ex officio) shall be entitled to
receive such allowances in respect of expenses incurred in the
performance of their duties as may be prescribed.
(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time
being in force, the office of a member of the National Board shall
not be deemed to be an office of profit.]
[5B. Standing Committee of the National Board. - (1) The National
Board may, in its discretion, constitute a Standing Committee
15
for the purpose of exercising such powers and performing such

duties as may be delegated to the Committee by the National
Board.
(2) The Standing Committee shall consist of the Vice-Chairperson,
the Member- Secretary, and not more than ten members to be
nominated by the Vice-Chairperson from amongst the me mbers
of the National Board.
(3) The National Board may constitute committees, sub-committees
or study groups, as may be necessary, from time to time in proper
discharge of the functions assigned to it.]
[5C. Functions of the National Board.- (1) It shall be the duty of the
National Board to promote the conservation and development of
wild life and forests by such measures as it thinks fit.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision, the
measures referred to therein may provide for -
(a) framing policies and advising the Central Government
and the State Governments on the ways and means of
promoting wild life conservation and effectively controlling
poaching and illegal trade of wild life and its products;
(b) making recommendations on the setting up of and
management of national parks, sanctuaries and other
protected areas and on matters relating to restriction of
activities in those areas;
(c) carrying out or causing to be carried out impact assessment
of various projects and activities on wild life or its habitat;
(d) reviewing from time to time, the progress in he field
of wild life conservation in the country and suggesting
measures for improvement thereto; and
(e) preparing and publishing a status report at least once in
two years on wild life in the country. ]
[6. Constitution of State Board for Wild Life. - (1) The State Government
shall, within a period of six months from the date of commencement
of the Wild Life (Protection) Amendment Act, 2002 constitute a State
board for Wild Life consisting of the following members, namely: -
(a) the Chief Minister of the State and in case of the Union
Territory, either Chief Minister or Administrator, as the case
may be - Chairperson;
16
(b) the Minister in-charge of Forests and Wild Life- Vice-

Chairperson;
(c) three members of the State Legislature or in the case of
an Union Territory with Legislature, two members of the
Legislative Assembly of that Union Territory;
(d) three persons to represent non-government organizations
dealing with wild life to be nominated by the State
Government;
(e) ten persons to be nominated by the State Government
from amongst eminent conservationists, ecologists and
environmentalists including at least two representative of
the Scheduled Tribes;
(f) the Secretary to the State Government or the Government
of the Union Territory, as the case may be, in-charge of
Forests and Wild Life;
(g) the Officer in-charge of the State Forest Department;
(h) the Secretary to the State Government, Department of
Tribal Welfare;
(i) the Managing Director, State Tourism Development
Corporation;
(j) an officer of the State Police Department not below the
rank of Inspector General;
(k) a representative of the Armed Force not below the rank of
a Brigadier to be nominated by the Central Government;
(l) the Director, Department of Animal Husbandry of the State;
(m) the Director, Department of Fisheries of the state;
(n) an officer to be nominated by the Director, Wild Life
Preservation;
(o) a representative of the Wild Life Institute of India,
Dehradun;
(p) a representative of the Botanical Survey of India;
(q) a representative of the Zoological Survey of India;
(r) the Chief wild Life Warden, who shall be the Member-
Secretary. ]
17
[(2) The term of the office of the members other than those who are
members exofficio and the manner of filling vacancies referred
to in clauses (d) and (e) of sub-section (1) and procedure to be
followed shall be such, as may be prescribed.]
[(3) The member (except members ex officio) shall be entitled to
receive such allowances in respect of expenses incurred in the
performance of their duties as may be prescribed.]
7. Procedure to be followed by the Board.- (1) The Board shall meet at

least twice a year at such place as the State Government may direct.
(2) The Board shall regulate its own procedure (including the quorum).
(3) No act or proceeding of the Board shall be invalid merely by
reason of the existence of any vacancy therein or any defect in
the constitution thereof or any irregularity in the procedure of the
Board affecting the merits of the case.
8. Duties of the State Board for Wildlife - [(1) It shall be the duty of the
State Board for Wild Life to advice the State Government, -
[(a) in the selection and management of areas to be declared as
protected areas;]
[(b) in formulation of the policy of protection and conservation of
Wildlife and specified plants;]
(c) in any matter relating to any schedule;
[(cc) in relation to the measures to be taken for harmonizing the needs
of the tribals and other dwellers of the forest with the protection
and conservation of wildlife; and]
(d) in any other matter connected with the protection of wildlife which
may be referred to it by the State Government.
*****
18
CHAPTER III
Hunting of Wild Animals
[9. Prohibition of Hunting. - No person shall hunt any wild animal
specified in Schedule, I, II, III and IV except as provided under Sec.11
and Sec.12.]
Comments
(i) Section 9 of the Act says that no person shall "hunt" any wild animal specified in
Schedule I, Elephant is included in Schedule I, State of Bihar vs Murad Ali Baig AIR
1989 SC 1.
(ii) The business of breeding of birds in captivity by procuring them by trapping is

prohibited; Chief Forest Conservator (Wild Life) v. Nisar Khan, (2003) 4 SCC 595.
10. [Omitted 1991. ]

11. Hunting of Wild animals to be permitted in certain cases. - (1)
Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time
being in force and subject to the provisions of Chapter IV -
(a) the Chief Wildlife Warden may, if he is satisfied that any wild
animal specified in Sch.1 has become dangerous to human
life or is so disabled or diseased as to be beyond recovery, by
order in writing and stating the reasons therefore, permit any
person to hunt such animal or cause animal to be hunted;
[Provided that no wild animal shall be ordered to be killed
unless the Chief Wildlife Warden is satisfied that such animal
cannot be captured, tranquillised or translocated:
Provide further that no such captured animal shall be kept
in captivity unless the Chief Wildlife Warden is satisfied
that such animal cannot be rehabilitated in the wild and the
reasons for the same are recorded in writing.
Explanation. - For the purposes of clause (a), the process of
capture or translocation, as the case may be, of such animal
shall be made in such manner as to cause minimum trauma
to the said animal.]
(b) the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised officer may, if he is
satisfied that any wild animal specified in Sch.II, Sch.III or Sch.IV
has become dangerous to human life or to property (including
standing crops or any land) or is so disabled or diseased as
19
to be beyond recovery, by order in writing and stating the

reasons therefore, permit any person to hunt [such animal or
group of animals in a specified area or cause such animal or
group of animals in that specified area to be hunted.]
(2) The Killing or wounding in good faith of any wild animal in
defence of oneself or any other person shall not be an offence;
Provided that nothing in the sub -section shall exonerate any
person who, when such defence becomes necessary, was
committing any act in contravention of any provision of this
Act or nay rule or order made there under.
(3) Any wild animal killed or wounded in defence of any person
shall be Government property.
12. Grant of permit for special purposes. - Notwithstanding anything

contained elsewhere in this Act, it shall be lawful for the Chief
Wildlife Warden, to grant [***] a permit, by an order in writing
stating the reasons therefore, to any person, on payment of such
fee as may be prescribed, which shall entitle the holder of such
permit to hunt, subject to such conditions as may be specified
therein, any wild animal specified in such permit, for the purpose
of, -
(a) education;
[(b) scientific research;
(bb) scientific management;
Explanation:- for the purpose of Cl. (bb), the expression, “scientific
management” means -
(i) translocation of any wild animal to an alternative suitable
habitat; or
(ii) population management of wildlife, without killing or
poisoning or destroying any wild animals].
[(c) Collection of specimens -
(i) for recognised zoos subject to the permission under Sec. 38-I
or
(ii) for museums and similar institutions;
(d) derivation, collection or preparation of snake- venom for the
manufacture of life saving drugs.]
20
[Provided that no such permit shall be granted:

(a) in respect of any wild animal specified in Sch. I, except with
the previous permission of the Central Government, and
(b) in respect of any other wild animal, except with the previous
permission of the State Government.]
13. [Omitted 1991. ]

14. [Omitted 1991. ]
15. [Omitted 1991. ]
16. [Omitted 1991. ]
17. [Omitted 1991. ]
[CHAPTER III A]
PROTECTION OF SPECIFIED PLANTS
17A. Prohibition of picking, uprooting, etc., of specified plants. .....
17B. Grants of permit for special purposes.- .....
17C. Cultivation of specified plants without licence prohibited. - .....
17D. Dealing in specified plants without licence prohibited.- .....
17E. Declaration of stock. - .....
17F. Possession, etc., of plants by licensee. - .....
17G. Purchase, etc., of specified plants. - .....
17H. Plants to be Government property.- .....
*****
21
CHAPTER - IV
[PROTECTED AREAS]
Sanctuaries
18. Declaration of Sanctuary. - .....
[18A. Protection to sanctuaries.- .....
[18B. Appointment of Collectors.- .....
19. Collector to determine rights.- .....
20. Bar of accrual of rights.- .....
21. Proclamation by Collector. .....
22. Inquiry by Collector.- .....
23. Powers of Collector.- .....
24. Acquisition of rights.- .....
25. Acquisition proceedings.- .....

[25A. Time limit for completion of acquisition proceedings.- .....
26. Delegation of Collector’s powers.- .....
[(26A) Declaration of area as Sanctuary. - .....

27. Restriction on entry in sanctuary.- .....
28. Grant of permit. - .....
[29. Destruction, etc., in a sanctuary prohibited without a permit.- .....

30. Causing fire prohibited.- .....
31. Prohibition of entry into sanctuary with weapon. - .....
32. Ban on use of injurious substances.- .....
33. Control of sanctuaries.- .....
33A. Immunisation of Live Stock .....
33B. Advisory Committee .....
22
34. Registration of certain persons in possession of arms. -

34A. Power to remove encroachment ....
National Parks
35. Declaration of National Parks.- .....
[(5) No alteration of the boundaries of a National Park by the State
Government shall be made except on a recommendation of the
National Board.]
[(6) No person shall destroy, exploit or remove any Wildlife including
forest produce from a National Park or destroy or damage or divert
the habitat of any wild animal by any act whatsoever or divert,
stop or enhance the flow of water into or outside the National
Park, except under and in accordance with a permit granted by
the Chief Wildlife Warden, and no such permit shall be granted
unless the State Government being satisfied in consultation with
the National Board that such removal of wild life from the National
Park or the change in the flow of water into or outside the National
Park is necessary for the improvement and better management of
wild life therein, authorises the issue of such permit:
Provided that where the forest produce is removed from a National
Park, the same may be used for meeting the personal bona fide
needs of the people living in and around the National Park and
shall not be used for any commercial purpose.]
36. [Omitted 1991.]
[36A. Declaration and management of a conservation reserve.- ...
[36B. Conservation reserve management committee.- .....
[36C. Declaration and management of community reserve.-
[36D. Community reserve management committee.-
Closed Area
[37. [Omitted 2002.]
Sanctuaries or National Parks declared by Central Government

38. Power of Central Government to declare areas as Sanctuaries or
National Parks,-
*****
23
[CHAPTER - IVA]
CENTRAL ZOO AUTHORITY AND
RECOGNITION OF ZOOS
38A. Constitution of Central Zoo Authority. - (1) The Central Government
shall constitute a body to be known as the Central Zoo Authority
(hereinafter in this Chapter referred to as the Authority), to exercise
the powers conferred on, and to perform the functions assigned to
it under this Act.
(2) The Authority shall consist of -
(a) Chairperson;
(b) Such number of members not exceeding ten; and
(c) Member-Secretary;
to be appointed by the Central Government.
38B. Term of office and conditions of service of chairperson and

members, etc. -
(1) The chairperson and every member [other than the Member-
Secretary] shall hold office for such period, not exceeding
three years, as may be specified by the Central Government
in this behalf.
(2) The chairperson or a member may, by writing under his hand,
addressed to the Central Government, resign from the office
of the chairperson or, as the case may be, of the Member.
(3) The Central Government shall remove a person from the
office of chairperson or member referred to in sub -section
(2) if that person, -
(a) becomes an undischarge insolvent;
(b) gets convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence
which, in the opinion of the Central Government, involves
moral turpitude;
(c) becomes of unsound mind and stands so declared by a
competent court;
(d) refuses to act or becomes incapable of acting;
24
(e) is, without obtaining leave or absence from the authority,

absent from three consecutive meetings of the Authority; or
(f) in the opinion of the Central Government has so abused
the position of chairperson or member as to render that
person’s continuance in office detrimental to the public
interest:
Provided that no person shall be removed under this clause
unless that person has been given a reasonable opportunity
of being heard in the matter.
(4) A vacancy caused under sub-section (2) or otherwise shall
be filled by fresh appointment.
(5) The salaries and allowances and other conditions of
appointment of chairperson, members and Member-Secretary
of the Authority shall be such as may be prescribed.
(6) The Authority shall, with the previous sanction of Central
Government, employ such officers and other employees as it
deems necessary to carry out the purposes of the Authority.
(7) The terms and conditions of service of the officers and
other employees of the Authority shall be such as may be
prescribed.
(8) No act or proceeding of the Authority shall be questioned or
shall be invalid on the ground merely of the existence of any
vacancies or defect in the constitution of the Authority.
38C. Functions of the Authority. - The Authority shall perform the

following functions, namely:
(a) specify the minimum standards for housing, unkeep and
veterinary care of the animals kept in a zoo;
(b) evaluate and assess the functioning of zoos with respect to
the standards or the norms as may be prescribed;
(c) recognise or derecognise zoos;
(d) identify endangered species of wild animals for purposes of
captive breeding and assigning responsibility in this regard
to a zoo;
(e) co-ordinate the acquisition, exchange and loaning of
25
animals for breeding purposes;

(f) ensure maintenance of stud-books of endangered species of
wild animals bred in captivity;
(g) identify priorities and themes with regard to display of
captive animals in a zoo;
(h) co-ordinate training of zoo personnel in India and outside
India;
(i) co-ordinate research in captive breeding and educational
programmes for the purposes of zoos;
(j) provide technical and other assistance to zoos for their
proper management and development on scientific lines;
(k) perform such other functions as may be necessary to carry
out the purposes of this Act with regard to zoos.
38D. Procedure to be regulated by the Authority. - (1) The Authority

shall meet as and when necessary and shall meet at such time
and place as the chairperson may think fit.
(2) The Authority shall regulate its own procedure.
(3) All orders and decisions of the Authority shall be
authenticated by the Member- Secretary or any other officer
of the Authority duly authorised by the Member-Secretary in
this behalf.
38E. Grants and loans to Authority and constitution of fund.- (1)
The Central Government may, after due appropriation made by
Parliament by law in this behalf, make to the Authority grants and
loans of such sums of money as that Government may consider
necessary.
(2) There shall be constituted a Fund to be called the Central
Zoo Authority Fund and there shall be credited there to
any grants and loans made to the Authority by the Central
Government, all fees and charges recieved by the Authority
under this act and all sums recieved by the Authority from
such other sources as may be decided upon by the Central
Government.
(3) The Fund referred to in sub-section (2) shall be applied for
meting salary, allowances and other remuneration of the
26
members, officers and other employees of the Authority

and the expenses of the Authority in the discharge of its
functions under this chapter and expenses on objects and
for purposes authorised by this Act.
(4) The Authority shall maintain proper accounts and other
relevant records and prepare the annual statement of
accounts in such form as may be prescribed by the Central
Government in consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India.
(5) The accounts of the Authority shall be audited by the
Comptroller and Auditor-General at such intervals as may be
specified by him and any expenditure incurred in connection
with such audit shall be payable by the Authority to the
Comptroller and Auditor-General.
(6) The Comptroller and Auditor-General and any person
appointed by him in connection with the audit of the accounts
of the Authority under this Act shall have the same rights
and privileges and the authority in connection with such
audit as the Comptroller and Auditor-General generally has in
connection with the audit of the government accounts and ,
in particular, shall have the right to demand the production of
books, accounts, connected vouchers and other documents
and papers and to inspect any of the offices of the Authority.
(7) The accounts of the Authority as certified by the Comptroller
and Auditor-General or any other person appointed by him
in this behalf, together with the audit report thereon, shall
be forwarded annually to the Central Government by the
Authority.
38F. Annual report. - The Authority shall prepare in such form and
at such time, for each financial year, as may be prescribed, its
annual report, giving a full account of its activities during the
previous financial year and forward a copy thereof to the Central
Government.
38G. Annual report and audit report to be laid before Parliament.-

The Central Government shall cause the annual report together
with a memorandum of action taken on the recommendations
contained therein, in so far as they relate to the Central
27
Government, and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of

any of such recommendations and the audit report to be laid as
soon as may be after the reports are received before each House
of parliament.
38H. Recognition of Zoos. - (1) No zoo shall be operated without being

recognised by the Authority. Provided that a zoo being operated
immediately before the date of commencement of the Wild Life
(Protection) (Amendment) Act, 1991 may continue to operate
without being recognised for a period of [eighteen months from
the date of such commencement] and if the application seeking
recognition is made within that period, the zoo may continue to be
operated until the said application is finally decided or withdrawn
and in case of refusal for a further period of six months from the
date of such refusal.
[(1A) On and after the commencement of the Wild Life (Protection)
Amendment Act, 2002 a zoo shall not be established without
obtaining the prior approval of the Authority.]
(2) Every application for recognition of a zoo shall be made to
the Authority in such form and on payment of such fee as
may be prescribed.
(3) Every recognition shall specify the conditions, if any, subject
to which the applicant shall operate the zoo.
(4) No recognition to a zoo shall be granted unless the
Authority, having due regard to the interests of protection
and conservation of wild life, and such standards, norms
and other matters as may be prescribed, is satisfied that
recognition should be granted.
(5) No application for recognition of a zoo shall be rejected
unless the applicant has been given a reasonable opportunity
of being heard.
(6) The Authority may, for reason to be recorded by it, suspend
or cancel any recognition granted under sub-section (4):
Provided that no such suspension or cancellation shall be
made except after giving the person operating the zoo a
reasonable opportunity of being heard.
(7) An appeal from an order refusing to recognise a zoo under
sub-section (5) or an order suspending or cancelling a
28
recognition under sub-section (6) shall lie to the Central

Government.
(8) An appeal under sub-section (7) shall be preferred within
thirty days from the date of communication to the applicant,
of the order appealed against:
Provided that the Central Government may admit any
appeal preferred after the expiry of the period aforesaid if
it is satisfied that the appellant had sufficient cause for not
preferring the appeal in time.
[38I. Acquisition of animals by a zoo. - (1) Subject to the other provisions

of this Act, no zoo shall acquire, sell or transfer any wild animal
or captive animal specified in Schedules I and II except with the
previous permission of the Authority.
(2) No zoo shall acquire, sell or transfer any wild or captive
animal except from or to a recognised zoo.
38J. Prohibition of teasing, etc., in a zoo.- No person shall tease, molest,

injure or feed any animal or cause disturbance to the animals by
noise or otherwise, or litter the grounds in a zoo.
*****
CHAPTER - IV B
National Tiger Conservation Authority
38K. Definitions ....

38L. Constitution of National Tiger Conservation Authority ....
38M. Term of office and Conditions of service of members ....
38N. Officers & employees of Tiger Conservation Authority ....
38O. Powers & Functions of Tiger Conservation Authority ....
38P. Procedure to be regulated by Tiger Conservation Authority ....
38Q. Grants & loans to Tiger Conservation Authority & Constitution of
Fund ....
29
38R. Accounts and audit of Tiger Conservation Authority ....

38S. Annual Report of Tiger Conservation Authority ....
38T. Annual Report and Audit Report to be laid before parliament. ....
38U. Constitution of Steering committee ....
38V. Tiger Conservation plan ....
38W. Alteration and de-notification of Tiger Reserves ....
38X. Establishment of Tiger Conservation Foundation ....
CHAPTER - IV C
Tiger and other Endangered Species
Crime Control Bureau
38Y. Constitution of Tiger and other Endangered Species Crime Control

Bureau ....
38Z. Powers and functions of the Wildlife Crime Control Bureau ....
30
CHAPTER - V
Trade or Commerce in Wild Animals
Animal Articles and Trophies
39. Wild animals, etc. to be Government property. - (1) Every -

(a) wild animal, other than vermin, which is hunted under
Sec.11 or sub-section (1) of Sec.29 or sub-section
(6) of Sec.35 or kept or [bred in captivity or hunted] in
contravention of any provisions of this Act or any rule or
order made thereunder, or found dead, or killed [***] by
mistake; and
(b) animal article, trophy or uncured trophy or meat derived
from any wild animal referred to in Cl. (a) in respect of
which any offence against this Act or any rule or order
made thereunder has been committed;
[(c) ivory imported into India and an article made from such
ivory in respect of which any offence against this Act or any
rule or order made thereunder has been committed;
(d) vehicle, vessel, weapon, trap or tool that has been used
for committing an offence and has been seized under the
provision of this Act.]
shall be the property of the State Government and, where
such animal is hunted in a sanctuary or National Park
declared by the Central Government, such animal or any
animal article, trophy, uncured trophy or meat [derived
from such animal or any vehicle, vessel, weapon, trap,
or tool used in such hunting,] shall be the property of the
Central Government.
(2) Any person who obtains, by any means, the possession of

Government property, shall, within forty-eight hours from
obtaining such possession, report it to the nearest police station
or authorised officer and shall, if so required, handover such
property to the officer-in-charge of such police station or such
authorised officer as the case may be.
(3) No person shall, without the previous permission in writing of the

Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised officer, -
31
(a) acquire or keep in his possession, custody, or control, or

(b) transfer to any person, whether by way of gift, sale or
otherwise, or
(c) destroy or damage
such Government property.
40. Declaration. - (1) Every person having at the commencement of

this Act the control, custody or possession of any captive animal
specified in Sch.I or Part II of Sch. II, [or animal article, trophy
or uncured trophy] derived from such animal or salted or dried
skins of such animal or the musk of a musk deer or the horn of
a rhinoceros, shall, within thirty days from the commencement
of this Act, declare to the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised
officer the number and description of animal, or article of the
foregoing description under his control, custody or possession
and the place where such animal or article is kept.
(2) no person shall, after the commencement of this Act, acquire,
receive, keep in his control, custody or possession, sell,
offer for sale, or otherwise transfer or transport any animal
specified in Sch.I or Part II of Sch. II, or any uncured trophy or
meat derivative from such animal, or the salted or dried skins
of such animal or the musk of a musk deer or the horn of a
rhinoceros, except with the previous permission in writing of
the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised officer.
[(2A) No person other than a person having a certificate of
ownership, shall, after the commencement of the Wild Life
(Protection) Amendment Act, 2002 acquire, receive, keep
in his control, custody or possession any captive animal,
animal article, trophy or uncured trophy specified in Sch. I or
Part II of Sch. II, except by way of inheritance.]
[(2B) Every person inheriting any captive animal, animal article,
trophy or uncured trophy under sub-section (2A) shall,
within ninety days of such inheritance make a declaration to
the Chief wildlife Warden or the authorised officer and the
provisions for Sec.41 and 42 shall apply as if the declaration
had been made under sub-section (1) of Sec.40:
Provided that nothing in sub-sections (2A) and (2B) shall apply to
the live elephant.]
32
[(3) Nothing in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) shall apply to a

recognised zoo subject to the provisions of Sec.38I or to a
public museum.]
(4) The State Government may, by notification, require any person to
declare to the Chief Wildlife warden or the authorised officer [any
animal or animal article ] or trophy (other than the musk of a musk
deer or the horn of rhinoceros), or salted or dried skins derived
from an animal specified in Sch. I or Part II of Sch. II in his control,
custody or possession in such form, in such manner, and within
such time as may be prescribed.
[40A. Immunity in certain cases.- (1) Notwithstanding anything
contained in sub-sections (2) and (4) of Sec.40 of this Act, the
Central Government may, by notification, require any person
to declare to the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised
officer, any captive animal, animal article, trophy or uncured
trophy derived from animal specified in Sch. I or Part II of
Sch. II in his control, custody or possession, in respect of
which no declaration had been made under sub-section (1)
or sub-section (4) of Sec.40, in such form, in such manner
and within such time as may be prescribed.
(2) Any action taken or purported to be taken for violation of
Sec.40 of this Act at any time before the commencement of
the Wild Life (Protection) Amendment Act, 2002 shall not
be proceeded with and all pending proceedings shall stand
abated.
(3) Any captive animal, animal article, trophy or uncured
trophy declared under sub-section (1), shall be dealt with
in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be
prescribed.]
41. Inquiry and preparation of inventories.- (1) On receipt of a declaration

made under Sec. 40, the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised officer
may, after such notice, in such manner and at such time as may be
prescribed, -
(a) enter upon the premises of a person referred to in Sec. 40;
(b) make inquiries and prepare inventories of animal articles,
trophies, uncured trophies, salted and dried skins, and
captive animals specified in Sch. I and Part II of Sch. II and
found thereon; and
33
(c) affix upon the animals, animal articles, trophies or uncured

trophies, identification marks in such manner as may be
prescribed.
(2) No person shall obliterate or counterfeit any identification mark
referred to in this Chapter.
42. Certificate of ownership. - The Chief Wildlife Warden may, for the
purposes of Sec. 40, issue a certificate of ownership in such form,
as may be prescribed, to any person who, in his opinion, is in lawful
possession of any wild animal or animal article, trophy, uncured trophy,
and may, where possible, mark, in the prescribed manner, such animal
article, trophy or uncured trophy for the purposes of identification.
[Provided that before issuing the certificate of ownership in respect
of any captive animal, the Chief wildlife Warden shall ensure that the
applicant has adequate facilities for housing, maintenance and upkeep
of the animal.]
[43. Regulation of transfer of animal, etc. - (1) No person having in his

possession captive animal, animal article, trophy or uncured trophy in
respect of which he has a certificate of ownership shall transfer by
way of sale or offer for sale or by any other mode of consideration of
commercial nature, such animal or article or trophy or uncured trophy.
(2) Where a person transfers or transports from the State in which he
resides to another State or acquires by transfer from outside the
State, any such animal, animal article, trophy or uncured trophy in
respect of which he has a certificate of ownership, he shall, within
thirty days of transfer or transport, report the transfer or transport
to the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised officer within whose
jurisdiction the transfer or transport is effected.
(3) Nothing in this section shall apply -
(a) to tail feather of peacock and the animal article or
trophies made therefrom;
(b) to transfer of captive animals between recognised
zoos subject to the provisions of Sec. 38I, and transfer
amongst zoos and public museums.]
44. Dealings in trophy and animal articles without licence prohibited.-
(1) [Subject to the provisions of Chapter VA, no person shall, except
under, and in accordance with, a licence granted under sub-section (4),]
34
(a) commence or carry on the business as -

(i) a manufacturer of, or dealer in, any animal article; or
(ia) [Omitted];
(ii) a taxidermist; or
(iii) a dealer in trophy or uncured trophy; or
(iv) a dealer in captive animals; or
(v) a dealer in meat; or
(b) cook or serve meat in any eating-house;
[(c) derive, collect or prepare, or deal in, snake venom,]:
Provided that nothing in this sub-section shall prevent a person,
who immediately before the commencement of this Act was
carrying on the business or occupation specified in this sub-
section, from carrying on such business or occupation for a period
of thirty days from such commencement, or where he has made
an application within that period for the grant of a licence to him,
until the licence is granted to him or he is informed in writing that
a licence cannot be granted to him.
[Provided further that nothing in this sub-section shall apply to the
dealers in tail feathers of peacock and articles made therefrom
and the manufacturers of such articles.]
Explanation.- For the purpose of this section, “eating-house”
includes a hotel, restaurant or any other place where any eatable
is served on payment, whether or not such payment is separately
made for such eatable or is included in the amount charged for
boarding and lodging.
(2) Every manufacturer of, or dealer in animal article, or every
dealer in captive animals, trophies or uncured trophies, or every
taxidermist shall, within fifteen days from the commencement of
this Act, declare to the Chief Wildlife Warden his stocks of animal
articles, captive animals, trophies or uncured trophies, as the case
may be, as on the date of such declaration and the Chief Wildlife
warden or the authorised officer may place an identification mark
on every animal article, captive animal trophy or uncured trophy,
as the case may be.
(3) ............
35
(4) ............
(5) ............
(6) ............
(7) ............
(8) ............
(9) ............
45. Suspension or cancellation of licences. - .....
46. Appeal.- .....
47. Maintenance of records. - .....
48. Purchase of animal, etc., by licensee. - .....

[48A. Restriction on transportation of wildlife.- No person shall
accept any wild animal (other than vermin) or any animal article, or
any specified plant or part or derivative thereof, for transportation
except after exercising due care to ascertain that permission
from the Chief Wildlife Warden or any other officer authorised by
the State Government in this behalf has been obtained for such
transportation.]
49. Purchase of captive animal, etc. by a person other than a licensee.

- No person shall purchase, receive or acquire any captive animal,
wild animal other than vermin, or any animal article, trophy,
uncured trophy, or meat derived therefrom otherwise than from a
dealer or from a person authorised to sell or otherwise transfer the
same under this Act.
[Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to a recognised zoo
subject to the provisions of Sec. 38 I or to a public museum.]
*****
36
[CHAPTER - VA]
Prohibition of Trade or Commerce in Trophies,
Animal Articles, etc. derived from certain Animals.
49A. Definitions. - .....
49B. Prohibition of dealings in trophies, animal articles, etc. derived

from Scheduled animals.- .....
49C. Declaration by dealers. -
*****
CHAPTER - VI
Prevention and Detection of Offences.
50. Power of entry, search, arrest and detention.- .....
(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time
being in force, the Director or any other authorised by him in this
behalf or the Chief Wildlife Warden or the authorised officer or
any forest officer or any police officer not below the rank of a sub-
inspector may, if he has reasonable grounds for believing that any
person has committed an offence against this Act,
(a) require any such person to produce for inspection any
captive animal, wild animal, animal article, meat, [1trophy,
uncured trophy, or any specified plant or part or derivative
thereof] in his control, custody or possession, or any
licence, permit or any other document granted to him or
required to be kept by him under the provisions of this Act;
(b) stop any vehicle or vessel in order to conduct search or
inquiry or enter upon and search any premises, land,
vehicle, or vessel in the occupation of such person, and
open and search any baggage or other things in his
possession;
(c) seize any captive animal, wild animal, animal article,
meat, trophy or uncured trophy, or any specified plant or
37
part or derivative thereof in respect of which an offence

against this Act appears to have been committed, in the
possession of any person together with any trap, tool,
vehicle, vessel, or weapon used for committing any such
offence and unless he is satisfied that such person will
appear and answer any charge which may be preferred
against him arrest him without warrant and detain him.
Provided that where a fisherman, residing within ten
kilometres of a sanctuary or National Park, inadvertently
enters on a boat not used for commercial fishing, in the
territorial waters in that sanctuary or National Park, a fishing
tackle or net no such boat shall not be seized.]
(2) [ommitted]
(3) ........
(4) ........
(5) ........
(6) ........
(7) ........
(8) ........
(9) ........
51. Penalties. - (1) Any person who [contravenes any provision of this
Act [except Chapter VA and Sec. 38J] or any rule or order made
thereunder or who commits a breach of any of the conditions of
any licence or permit granted under this Act, shall be guilty of an
offence against this Act, and shall, on conviction, be punishable
with imprisonment for a term which may extend to [three years]
or with fine which may extend to [twenty five thousand rupees] or
with both.
[Provided that where the offence committed is in relation to
any animal specified in Sch. I or Part II of Sch. II or meat of
any such animal or animal article, trophy or uncured trophy
derived from such animal or where the offence relates to
hunting in a sanctuary or a National Park or altering the
boundaries of a sanctuary or a National Park, such offences
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall
not be less than three years but may extend to seven years
38
and also with fine which shall not be less than ten thousand
rupees:
Provided further that in case of a second or subsequent
offence of the nature mentioned in this sub-section, the term
of imprisonment shall not be less than three years but may
extend to seven years and also with fine which shall not be less
than twenty-five thousand rupees.]
[(1A) Any person who contravenes any provisions of Chapter VA,
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall
not be less than [three years] but which may extend to seven
years and also with fine which shall not be less than [ten
thousand rupees].
[(1B) Any person who contravenes the provisions of Sec. 38J
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may
extend to six months or with fine which may extend to two
thousand rupees, or with both.
Provided that in the case of a second or subsequent offence
the term of imprisonment may extend to one year or with fine
which may extend to five thousand rupees.]
(1C) .......
(1D) .......
(2) When any person is convicted of an offence against this
Act, the Court trying the offence may order that any captive
animal, wild animal, animal article, trophy, [uncured trophy,
meat, ivory imported into India or an article made from such
ivory, any specified plant or part or derivative thereof] in
respect of which the offence has been committed, any trap,
tool, vehicle, vessel, or weapon used in the commission of
the said offence be forfeited to the State Government and
that any licence or permit, held by such person under the
provisions of this Act, be cancelled.
(3) Such cancellation of licence or permit or such forfeiture shall
be in addition to any other punishment that may be awarded
for such offence.
(4) Where any person is convicted of an offence against this Act,
the Court may direct that the licence, if any, granted to such
person under the Arms Act, 1959 (54 of 1959) for possession
39
of any arm with which an offence against this Act has been
committed, shall be cancelled, and that such person shall not
be eligible for a licence under the Arms Act, 1959, for a period
of five years from the date of conviction.
[(5) Nothing contained in Sec. 360 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) or in the Probation of Offenders
Act, 1958 (20 of 1958) shall apply to a person convicted of an
offence with respect to hunting in a sanctuary or a National
Park or of an offence against any provision of Chapter VA
unless such person is under eighteen years of age.]
[51A. Certain conditions to apply while granting bail.-
(a) ......
(b) ......
52. Attempts and abatement. - Whoever attempts to contravene, or abets
the contravention of, any of the provisions of this Act or for any rule
of order made thereunder shall be deemed to have contravened that
provision or rule or order, as the case may be.
53. Punishment for wrongful seizure.- If any person, exercising powers

under this Act, vexatiously and unnecessarily seizes the property of any
other person on the pretence of seizing it for the reasons mentioned in
Sec. 50, he shall, on conviction, be punishable with imprisonment for a
term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to
five hundred rupees, or with both.
[54. Power to compound offences. - (1) The Central Government may,

by notification, empower the Director of Wild Life Preservation or
any other officer not below the rank of Assistant Director of Wild
Life Preservation and in the case of a State Government in the
similar manner, empower the Chief Wildlife Warden or any officer
of a rank not below the rank of a Deputy Conservator of Forests,
to accept from any person against whom a reasonable suspicion
exists that he has committed an offence against this Act, payment
of a sum of money by way of composition of the offence which
such person is suspected to have committed.
(2) On payment of such sum of money to such officer, the
suspected person, if in custody, shall be discharged and no
further proceedings in respect of the offence shall be taken
against such person.
40
(3) The officer compounding any offence may order the

cancellation of any licence or permit granted under this Act
to the offender, or if not empowered to do so, may approach
an officer so empowered, for the cancellation of such licence
or permit.
(4) The sum of money accepted or agreed to be accepted as
composition under sub-section (1) shall, in no case, exceed
the sum of twenty-five thousand rupees:
Provided that no offence, for which a minimum period of
imprisonment has been prescribed in Sec. 51, shall be
compounded.]
[55. Cognizance of offences. - No Court shall take cognizance of any

offence against this Act except on the complaint of any person other
than -
(a) the Director of Wild Life Preservation or any other
officer authorised in this behalf by the Central
Government; or
[(aa) the Member-Secretary, Central Zoo Authority in
matters relating to violation of the provisions of
Chapter IVA; or]
(ab) Member Secretary, Tiger Conservation Authority; or
(ac) Director of the concerned Tiger Reserve; or
(b) the Chief Wildlife Warden, or any other officer
authorised in this behalf by the State Government,
[subject to such conditions as may be specified by
that Government;] or
[(bb) the officer-in-charge of the zoo in respect of violation
of provisions of Sec. 38J; or]
(c) any person who has given notice of not less than
sixty days, in the manner prescribed, of the alleged
offence and of his intention to make a complaint, to
the Central Government or State Government or the
officer authorised as aforesaid.]
56. Operation of other laws not barred. -----
41
57. Presumption to be made in certain cases. ----

58. Offences by companies. ----
[CHAPTER - VIA]
[FORFEITURE OF PROPERTY DERIVED FROM ILLEGAL
HUNTING AND TRADE.]
58A. Application.- .....
58B. Definitions.- .....
58C. Prohibition of holding illegally acquired property.-
58D. Competent authority. - .....
58E. Identifying illegally acquired property.-
58F. Seizure or freezing of illegally acquired property. -
58G. Management of properties seized or forfeited under this Chapter.-
58H. Notice of forfeiture of property ....
58I. Forfeiture of property in certain cases ....
58J. Burden of proof ....
58K. File in lieu of forfeiture ....
58L. Procedure in relation to certain trust properties ....
58M. Certain transfers to be null and void ....
58N. Constitution of appellate tribunal ....
58O. Appeals ....
58P. Notice or order not to be invalid for error in description ....
58Q. Bar of jurisdiction ....
42
58R. Competent authority and appellate tribunal to have powers of civil

court ....
58S. Information to competent authority ....
58T. Certain officers to assist administrator, competent authority and

appellate tribunal ....
58U. Power to take possession ....
58V. Rectification of mistakes ....
58W. Findings under other laws not conclusive for proceedings under
this chapter ....
58X. Service of notices and orders ....
58Y. Punishment for acquiring property in relation to which proceedings

have been taken under this chapter ....
*****
43
CHAPTER - VII
Miscellaneous
59. Officers to be public servants. - Every officer referred to [in Chapter
II and the Chairperson, Members, Member-Secretary, and other
officers and employees referred to in Chapter IV A [Chapter IV B]]
and every other officer exercising any of the powers conferred by
this Act shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning
of Sec. 21 of the Indian Penal Code 1860, (45 of 1860).
60. Protection of action taken in good faith. - (1) No suit, prosecution, or

other legal proceeding shall lie against any officer or other employee of
the Central Government or the State Government for anything which is
in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act.
(2) No suit or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Central
Government or the State Government or any of its officers or
other employees, for any damage caused or likely to be caused
by anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done
under this Act.
[(3) No suit or other legal proceeding shall lie against the authority
referred to in Chapter IVA [Chapter IVB] and its chairperson,
members, member-secretary, officers and other employees for
anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under
this Act.]
[60A. Reward to persons. - (1) When a court imposes a sentence of fine or

a sentence of which fine forms a part, the court may when passing
judgement order that the reward be paid to a person who renders
assistance in the detection of the offence or the apprehension
of the offenders out of the proceeds of fine not exceeding [fifty
percent of such fine].
(2) When a case is compounded under Sec. 54, the officer
compounding may order reward to be paid to a person
who renders assistance in the detection of the offence or
the apprehension of the offenders out of the sum of money
accepted by way of composition not exceeding [fifty percent
of such money].]
[60B.
Reward by State Government.- The State Government may
empower the chief Wild Life Warden to order payment of reward not
44
exceeding ten thousand rupees to be paid to a person who renders

assistance in the detection of the offence or the apprehension
of the offender, from such fund and in such manner as may be
prescribed.]
61. Power to alter entries in schedules. - (1) The Central Government

may, if it is of opinion that it is expedient so to do, by notification, [add
or delete any entry to or from any schedule] or transfer any entry from
one part of a schedule to another part of the same schedule or from one
schedule to another.
(2) [Omitted 1991.]
(3) On the issue of a notification under sub-section (1) [***] the
relevant schedule shall be deemed to be altered accordingly,
provided that every such alteration shall be without prejudice to
anything done or omitted to be done before such alteration.
(4) [Omitted 1991.]
62. Declaration of certain wild animals to be vermin ...

63. Power of Central Government to make rules.- [(1) The Central
government may,by notification, make rules for all or any of the
following matters, namely:
(a) conditions and other matters subject to which a
licensee may keep any specified plant in his custody
or possession under Sec. 17F; [(ai) the term of office
members other than those who are members ex officio,
the manner of filing vacancies, the procedure to be
followed by the National Board under sub-section (2)
and allowances of those members under sub-section
(3) of Sec. 5A;]
(b) the salaries and allowances and other conditions
of appointment of chairperson, members and member-
secretary under sub-section (5) of Sec. 38B;
(c) the terms and conditions of service of the officers and
other employees of the central Zoo Authority under
sub-section (7) of Sec. 38B;
(d) the form in which the annual accounts statement of
the Central Zoo Authority shall be prepared under sub-
section (4) of Sec. 38E;
45
(e) the form in which and the time at which the annual
report of the Central Zoo Authority shall be prepared
under Sec. 38F;
(f) the form in which and the fee required to be paid with
application for recognition of a zoo under sub-section
(2) of Sec. 38H;
(g) the standards, norms and other matters to be
considered for granting recognition under sub-section
(4) of Sec. 38H;
(g)(i) .....
(g)(ii) .....
(g)(iii) .....
(g)(iv) .....
(g)(v) .....
(g)(vi) .....
(h) the form in which the declaration shall be made under sub
-section (2) of Sec. 44;
(i) the matters to be prescribed under clause (b) of sub-
section (4) of Sec. 44;
(j) the terms and conditions which shall govern transactions
referred to in clause (b) of Sec, 48;
(k) the manner in which notice may be given by a person
under clause (c) of Sec. 55;
(l) the matters specified in sub-section (2) of Sec. 64 in so far
as they relate to sanctuaries and National Parks declared
by the Central Government.]
(2) Every rule made under this section shall be laid, as soon as
may be, after it is made, before each House of Parliament,
while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days which may
be comprised in one session or in two or more successive
sessions and if before the expiry of the session immediately
following the session or the successive sessions aforesaid,
both houses agree in making any modification in the rule or
both Houses agree that the rule should not be made, the rule
shall thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be
46
of no effect, as the case may be, so, however, that any such
modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to
the validity of anything previously done under that rule.
64. Power of State Government to make rules.- (1) The State Government
may, by notification, make rules for carrying out the provisions of this
Act in respect of matters which do not fall within the purview of Sec. 63.
(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing
power, such rules may provide for all or any of the following
matters, namely:
[(a) the term of office of members other than those who are
members, ex officio, the manner of filling vacancies and
the procedure to be followed by the board under sub-
section (2) of Sec. 6;]
[(b) allowances referred to in sub-section (3) of Sec. 6;]
(c) the forms to be used for any application, certificate, claim,
declaration, licence, permit, registration, return, or
other document, made granted, or submitted under the
provisions of this Act and the fees, if, any therefore;
(d) the conditions subject to which any licence or permit may
be granted under this Act;
[(dd) the conditions subject to which the officers will be authorised
to file cases in the court;]
(e) the particulars of the record of wild animals (captured or
killed) to be kept and submitted by the licensee;
[(ee) the manner in which measures for immunization of live-
stock shall be taken;]
(f) regulation of the possession, transfer, and the sale of
captive animals, meat, animal articles, trophies, and
uncured trophies;
(a) regulation of taxidermy;
[(ga) the manner and conditions subject to which the
Administrator shall receive and manage the property under
sub-section (2) of Sec. 58G;]
[(gb) the terms of conditions of service of the Chairman and
other members under sub-section (3) of Sec. 58N;]
47
[(gc) the fund from which and the manner in which payment of
reward under section 60B shall be made;".
(h) any other matter which has to be, or may be, prescribed
under this Act.
65. Rights of Scheduled Tribes to be protected ...

66. Repeal and savings.
(1) ......
(2) ......
(3) ......
(4) ......
*****
48
3
Relevant Portions of the

National Wildlife Action Plan
(2002-2016)
Relevant Portions of the National Wildlife Action Plan (2002-2016)
3. Relevant Portions of the

National Wildlife Action Plan (2002-2016)
PREAMBLE
Background
The first National Wildlife Action Plan (NWAP) was adopted in 1983, based
upon the decision taken in the XV meeting of the Indian Board for Wildlife
held in 1982. The plan had outlined the strategies and action points for
wildlife conservation which are still relevant. In the meanwhile, however,
some problems have become more acute and new concerns have become
apparent, requiring a change in priorities. Increased commercial use of
natural resources, continued growth of human and livestock populations and
changes in consumption patterns are causing greater demographic impacts.
Biodiversity conservation has thus become a focus of interest. The National
Forest Policy was also formulated in 1988, giving primacy to conservation.
Hence this new National Wildlife Action Plan.
Overview
1. The term Wildlife encompasses all uncultivated flora and undomesticated

fauna. Every species has the right to live and every threatened species
must be protected to prevent its extinction.
2. Water, wilderness and wildlife are irrevocably interlinked. With mounting
agricultural, industrial and demographic pressures, wilderness areas,
which are the richest repositories of wildlife and biodiversity have either
shrunk or disappeared. Their continued existence is crucial for the long-
term survival of the biodiversity and the ecosystems supporting them.
3. Effective ecosystem conservation is the foundation of long-term
ecological and economic stability. Natural processes, forests and other
wild habitats recharge aquifers, maintain water regimes and moderate
the impact of floods, droughts and cyclones. Thereby they ensure food
security and regulate climate change. They are also a source of food,
fodder, fuel and other products supplementing the sustenance of local
communities.
4. India ranks sixth among the 12 mega biodiversity countries of the
world. Conservation of biodiversity is directly linked with conservation
of ecosystems and thus with water and food security. These together
51
constitute a major plank of Indian economy.

5. National planning has not taken into account the adverse ecological
consequences of shrinkage and degradation of wilderness from the
pressures of population and commercialisation. As a result, we have
witnessed the alarming erosion of our natural heritage which comprises
rivers, aquifers, forests, grasslands, mountains, wetlands, coastal and
marine habitats, arid lands and deserts. This has also affected natural
phenomena such as breeding, ranging and migration of wildlife and
geomorphological features.
6. The increased frequency and intensity of natural disasters, the
plummeting fertility of our soils and the accelerated degradation of our
fresh water resources have imposed a crippling financial burden on the
nation. This underscores the need to realign development priorities
to take into account ecological imperatives including the protection of
wild species, which sustain and enhance natural habitats, even as they
depend on such areas for their survival.
7. Rural development for communities inhabiting forest lands and
other wilderness regions suffers both from inadequate resources
and inappropriate measures. It has failed to address their strong
dependence upon natural biomass resources vis-à-vis the shrinking
and degrading resource base. Farm productivity has also declined
due to lack of proper support, causing impoverishment and enhanced
pressures upon natural areas. Resource impoverished communities
have therefore begun to place even greater pressure on the biomass
of our forests and has led to widespread alienation of people from the
goals of nature conservation efforts.
8. Habitat loss caused by developmental projects such as dams, mines
etc. compound the problems of wildlife conservation
9. The constraining impact of habitat loss has been compounded by illegal
trade fuelled by a rising demand of wildlife products and their lucrative
prices in the international market.
POLICY IMPERATIVES
Ecological Security
To protect the long-term ecological security of India, the national development
agenda must recognise the imperative of identifying and protecting natural
ecosystems from over-exploitation, contamination and degradation. Short
52
term economic gains must not be permitted to undermine ecological security.
Priority to Conservation
Assigning conservation a high priority both at the level of central and state
governments is an imperative. Its integration in all development programmes,
evolving appropriate funding mechanism, enhancement of financial
allocations and provision of adequate personnel with requisite expertise
has to be ensured, to arrest the ongoing trend of degradation and to restore
wildlife and its habitat.
National Land Use Policy:

The NWAP cannot be executed in isolation. Wildlife conservation cannot
be restricted to national parks and sanctuaries. Areas outside the protected
area network are often vital ecological corridor links and must be protected to
prevent isolation of fragments of biodiversity, which will not survive in the long
run. Land and water use policies will need to accept the imperative of strictly
protecting ecologically fragile habitats and regulating use elsewhere.
Primacy for Water and Sustenance:

Water must be recognised as a prime produce of natural forests. Forests
must be managed to optimise and protect hydrological systems. The National
Forest Policy of 1988 which emphasises conserving our natural heritage in the
form of natural forests, flora and fauna, is in consonance with this imperative.
A critical imperative is also to recognise forest, wetlands and other natural
habitats as a source of survival for millions of people, in particular as a source
of NTFP and aquatic resources.
In situ Conservation
Primacy must be accorded to in situ conservation, the sheet anchor of wildlife
conservation. Ex situ measures in zoological parks and gene banks may
supplement this objective, without depleting scarce wild resources.
Peoples’ Support for Wildlife

Local communities traditionally depend on natural biomass and they
must, therefore, have the first lien on such resources. Such benefits must
be subject to assumption of a basic responsibility to protect and conserve
these resources by suitably modifying unsustainable activities. Conservation
programmes must attempt to reconcile livelihood security with wildlife
53
protection through creative zonation and by adding new Protected Area (PA)
categories in consultation with local communities, such as an inviolate core,
conservation buffer, community buffer and multiple use areas.
Man-Animal Conflict
While increasing man-animal conflict is an outcome of shrinkage,
fragmentation and deterioration of habitats, it has caused destruction of
wildlife and generated animosity against wild animals and protected areas.
This is a crucial management issue, which needs to be addressed through
innovative approaches.
STRATEGY FOR ACTION

Adopting and implementing strategies and needs outlined above will call for
action covering the following parameters:
III Conservation of Wild and Endangered Species and their Habitats.
IX Conservation Awareness and Education
III Conservation of Wild and Endangered Species and their habitats:
Overview and Objectives
The aim of the NWAP is to conserve in situ all taxa of flora and fauna along
with the full range of ecosystems they inhabit. The ecological requirements
for the survival of threatened, rare and endangered species, together with
their community associations of flora and fauna, must be ensured.
The isolation of animal species due to fragmentation of habitats reduces

relict populations to unviable levels, leading to local extinction. For highly
endangered species like the Great Indian Bustard, Bengal Florican, Asiatic
Lion, Wild Buffalo, Dugong, the Manipur Brow Antlered Deer and the like,
alternative homes are imperative. Where in situ conservation efforts are
unlikely to succeed, ex situ captive breeding and rehabilitation measures may
be necessary, in tandem with the preparation of their wild habitats to receive
back captive populations, specially in respect of lesser-known species where
status and distribution of wild animals are not fully known
Alteration of genetic purity of certain wild species through inbreeding with

domesticated, feral counterparts is yet another grave impending threat,
seriously jeopardising genetic purity of species like the Wild Buffalo, Wild
54
Pig and Jungle Fowl. It must be ensured that natural phenomena involving
inter alia pollination, breeding, feeding , movements and migrations are not
hampered but assisted.
Action required
1. To undertake a programme of ex situ captive breeding and rehabilitation
in the wild for critically endangered species in accordance with IUCN
guidelines, after developing requisite techniques and capabilities in this
regard.
Priority Projects
Develop capabilities for planned breeding and reintroduction of captive
bred populations of identified endangered species in accordance with IUCN
guidelines.
Timing : To start in 2003 and ongoing
Responsibility : CZA , State Governments, and Scientific Institutions.
IX. CONSERVATION EDUCATION AND PROTECTED AREA

INTERPRETATION
Overview and Objectives
To win support for wildlife conservation by explaining the rationale behind the
protection of natural ecosystems to politicians, legislators, judges, planners,
technocrats and bureaucrats who manage the nation. To elicit broad-based
public support from different sections of society, particularly communities
neighbouring PAs and forests. To convey a sense of urgency to young people
and win their support for the protection of India’s natural heritage. To inform
and involve the media on issues surrounding wildlife conservation and to
highlight the connections between destabilised ecosystems and the falling
quality of human life. To explain the connection between healthy ecosystems
and India’s water and food security.
Action required
1. Training personnel, especially from local communities, for wildlife
education so that they cay be employed as interpreters/guides at PAs,
Zoological Gardens, Natural History Museums, etc.
2. Enhance the role of zoos as centres of conservation awareness.
55
Priority projects:
1. Encourage creation of nature immersing enclosures for display of wild
animals in zoos and explain ecological linkages of species displayed
through appropriate signage.
Timing: To start in 2003 and ongoing.
Responsibility: CZA, State/UT Governments and NGOs.
*****
56
4
Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009

with (Amendment) Rules, 2013
Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009 with (Amendment) Rules, 2013
4. Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009

with (Amendment) Rules, 2013
MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
New Delhi, the 11th November, 2009
NOTIFICATION
G. S. R.807(E). dated 10th November, 2009, published in the Gazette of India,

Extra., Pt.II, Sec. 3(i), No. 643, dated 11th November, 2009. In exercise of
the powers conferred by clauses (f) and (g) of Sub-section (1) of section
63 of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 (53 of 1972), and in supersession
of the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 1992, except as in respect of things done
or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government
hereby makes the following rules, namely; :-
1. Short title and commencement

(1) These rules may be called the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official
Gazette
2. Definitions
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) “Act” means the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 (53 of 1972);
(b) “Central Zoo Authority” means the Central Zoo Authority constituted
under section 38A of the Act;
(c) “Conservation Breeding Centre” means the facility specially dedicated
to planned conservation breeding of an endangered species of wildlife.
(d) “Enclosure” means any accommodation provided for zoo animals.
(e) “Enclosure barrier” means a physical barrier to contain an animal within
an enclosure.
(f) “Endangered Species’ means species included in Schedule I and
Schedule II of the Act.
59
(g) “Critically endangered species’ means an endangered species whose

total number in all the zoos in the country put together does not exceed
200.
(h) “Form” means a form appended to these rules.
(i) “Performance” means any effort to force the animal to carry out
unnatural act including performance of circus tricks.
(j) “Rescue Centre” means an establishment for the long-term care of
animals specified in the Schedules to the Act.
(k) “Stand-off-barrier” means a physical barrier set back from the outer
edge of an enclosure barrier.
(l) “Zoo Director’” means an in-charge of the zoo with whatever designation,
responsible for day to day management of the zoo.
(m) “Zoo Operator” means the person who has ultimate control over the
affairs of the zoos provided that______
I. in the case of a firm or other association of individuals, any one of
the individual partners or members thereof; or
II. in the case of a company, any director, manager, secretary or other
officer, who is in-charge of and responsible to the company for the
affairs of the zoo; or
III. In case of zoo owned or controlled by the Central Government or
any State Government or Union Territory Administration or any
Trust or Society funded by the Central Government or a State
Government or a Union Territory Administration, the Secretary of
the concerned Department of that Government, or as the case
may be the Union Territory Administration, shall be deemed to be
the Zoo Operator.
3. Application for Recognition

(1) An application for recognition of a Zoo under section 38H of the
Act, shall be made to the Central Zoo Authority in Form I.
(2) An application for obtaining prior approval of the Central Zoo
Authority under sub-section (1A) of section 38H of the Act for
establishment of a new zoo shall be made to the Central Zoo
Authority in Form I along with a detailed project report.
60
4. Fees for Application

There shall be paid in respect of every application made under rule 3, a
fee of ten thousand rupees to be paid through Demand Draft or Postal
Order in favour of the “Central Zoo Authority, New Delhi”.
5. Documents to be filled along with the application and particulars

it should contain. --------
Every application under rule 3 shall be accompanied by the fee
specified under rule 4 and shall also contain documents and particulars
as to the matters specified in Form I.
6. Power to make inquiries and call for information
The Central Zoo Authority may, before granting recognition to a zoo
under Section 38H of the Act, make such inquiries and ask for from the
applicant such further information, as it may considers necessary.
7. Form of recognition ------ (1) The Central Zoo Authority may, on
being satisfied with regard to sufficiency of facilities and standards in
the zoo, grant recognition to such zoo.
(2) The recognition granted to a zoo under sub-rule (1) shall be subject
to the following conditions, namely;
(a) that the recognition unless granted on a permanent basis,
shall be for such period not less than one year as may be
specified in the recognition.
(b) that the zoo shall comply with such standards and norms
as are, or may be specified or imposed, by or under the
provisions of the Act or the rules made thereunder; and
(c) the zoo shall comply with the directions and guidelines
issued by the Central Zoo Authority from time to time, for
the purpose of maintenance and upkeep of the zoo.
8. Renewal of recognition ------ (1) A zoo, recognized under these rules,

shall make an application to the Central Zoo Authority in Form I three
months before the expiry of the period of recognition..
(2) The provisions of rule 3, rule 4, rule 5, rule 6 and rule 7 shall
apply in relation to renewal of recognition as they apply in relation
to grant of recognition except that the fee payable in respect of
an application for renewal of recognition shall be five thousand
rupees.
61
9. Classification of zoos. ------- (1) For the purposes of deciding standards

and norms for recognition of zoo and monitoring and evaluating its
performance, the zoo, on the basis of area, number of visitors, number
of species and animals, endangered species and number of animals of
endangered species in its collection shall be taken into consideration
and the zoo shall accordingly be classified into following four categories
as specified in the Table, namely:-
S. Category Criteria for Qualifying to the category

No. of zoo
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Area of the No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of
zoo visitors in species animals endan- animals of
(hectares) a year (in gered endan-
lakhs) species gered
species
1. Large 75 7.5 75 750 20 100
2. Medium 35 3.5 35 350 10 50
3. Small 10 1.0 10 100 3 15
4. Mini Less than 10 Less than Less Less -- ----
1.00 than 10 than 100
"(2) The zoo which meets at least any four of the aforesaid criteria (but
including number of species and number of animals) shall be classified as
such by the Central Zoo Authority.
Provided that the Central Zoo Authority may, by order in writing, allow
a mini zoo to keep animals of endangered species subject to the conditions,
if any, laid down in that order with regard to the area of the zoo, housing,
upkeep and healthcare facilities including deployment of veterinarian and
supervisory level staff.
* Amended vide the Gazette Notification GSR 657 (E) dated 02.08.2013,
(Pg. No.76).
In the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009, in rule 9, for sub-rule (2) the following
sub-rule be substituted, namely :-
"(2). The Zoo which meets any two of the criteria specified in columns
(3) to (6) and meet the criteria specified in column (7) and (8)
62
specified in the Table above shall be classified as such by the

Central Zoo Authority:
Provided that the Central Zoo Authority may, by order in writing
allow a mini Zoo to Keep animals of endangered species subject
to the conditions, if any, laid down in that order with regard to
the area of the Zoo, housing, upkeep and healthcare facilities
including deployment of veterinarian and supervisory level staff."
10. Standards and norms for recognition.-----
The Central Zoo Authority shall grant recognition to a zoo, with due
regard to the interest of protection and conservation of wildlife, and
on being satisfied that the standards and norms and other matters
specified in the Schedule are met by such zoo:
Provided that the Central Zoo Authority may, if it considers appropriate,
and for reason to be recorded in writing, grant recognition, with
conditions, if any, to such zoo which have shown considerable
improvement in the past and have the potential and resources to come
up to the prescribed standards and norms within a reasonable time
frame and are willing to do so. Such an action would lead to qualitative
improvement in the zoos, and avoid logistic problems arising due to the
closure of the zoos on the basis of their present status.
11. Maintenance of Records and submission of Inventory

(1) Every zoo shall maintain record of the births, acquisitions, deaths
and disposals of animals of each species in its collection in the
manner and in the format determined by the Central Zoo Authority
and the inventory of the animals in the collection of each zoo,
along with the details mentioned above for each financial year
shall be submitted to the Central Zoo Authority by 30th day of April
of the ensuing year in Form II.
Provided that the details in respect of the animals pertaining to
the species included in Schedule I and Schedule II to the Act,
along with the detailed reasons of death identified on the basis
of the post-mortem examination reports shall be submitted to the
Central Zoo Authority every quarter, within a period of fifteen days
of the end of that quarter.
(2) Every zoo shall submit an annual report of its activities and
compliance of the conditions stipulated by CZA for each financial
year to the Central Zoo Authority by the 30th day of June of the
year.
63
THE SCHEDULE
[See rule 10]
1. General requirements.---------
(1) Every zoo shall endeavour to establish and sustain population of
physically, genetically and behaviorally healthy animals for furthering
the cause of wildlife conservation and communicating credible
conservation message to the visitors through display of healthy animals
in naturalistic settings.
(2) Every zoo shall, through proper landscaping and planting of appropriate
species, provide a naturalistic environment within the zoo to enable the
visitors to have communion with nature and get motivated for living in
harmony with nature.
(3) Every zoo shall endeavour to regulate the movement of visitors in
the zoo in such a manner that zoo animals are not unduly disturbed,
stressed or provoked and the zoo shall be closed to visitors at least one
day in a week.
(4) Every zoo, as a safeguard against the un-regulated access of visitors
to the zoo and zoo animals being subjected to injury, pilferage and
predation, shall design appropriately the barriers along the boundary
of the zoo in accordance with the standards issued by the Central Zoo
Authority in this regard.
(5) Every zoo, which is surrounded by human landscape shall be
encompassed by a perimeter wall of at least two meter in height from
the ground level on both sides.
(6) No residential colony shall be constructed within the zoo premises.
Provided that where such colonies already exist, it shall be separated
from the zoo premises by a boundary wall with a minimum height of two
meters from the ground level. The entry to the residential colony shall
not be through the zoo premises.
(7) Every zoo shall carry out its operations in a manner that causes
minimum stress on natural resources and produces the minimum of
solid wastes and effluents and the zoo shall also endeavour to put in
place the practices of effective waste management through reducing,
reusing and recycling and disposing the effluents and the solid wastes
in a manner that causes least adverse environmental impact.
64
(8) Every zoo shall refrain from display of sick, injured, infirm and tethered
animals to the visitors and such animals shall be housed in off-display
facilities specially earmarked for and providing appropriate upkeep and
healthcare for such animals
(9) Every zoo shall refrain from housing of domestic animals and pets
within the zoo premises and adequate safeguards shall also be put in
place to prevent the entry of domestic livestock, stray animals and pets
into the premises of the zoo.
2. Administrative and Staffing Pattern

(1) The zoo operators shall post an officer of appropriate rank as
“whole time in-charge” of the zoo with powers to take decision
and ensure that adequate financial resources and infrastructural
support is made available to such officer for proper housing,
upkeep and healthcare of the zoo animals and managing the zoo
in a planned manner.
(2) Every zoo operator shall provide adequate scientific and technical
staff to support the officer-in-charge of the zoo in carrying out the
responsibilities of housing, upkeep and healthcare of zoo animals,
research and visitor education as specified in the Table below,
namely:
S. Category of Staff Large Medium Small Mini Zoo

No. Zoo Zoo Zoo
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1. Curator 1 1 1 Mini Zoos shall avail

the assistance of
2. Veterinarian 2 1 1 appropriately qualified
individuals available
3. Education Officer 1 1
locally
4. Biologist 1 1 1
(3) In case the scientific and technical posts are filled by direct recruitment,
the recruitment rule for such posts shall provide for their career
progression including the benefit of flexible complementing scheme for
their promotions.
65
3. Development and Planning

(1) Every zoo shall prepare and get the master plan approved by the
(2) Zoos which are in operation at the time of the commencement
of these rules, shall prepare and get the master plans approved
from the Central Zoo Authority within one year from the date of
commencement of these rules.
(3) The master plan referred to in sub-paragraphs (1) & (2), shall
inter alia, include all round development of the zoo for a period of
twenty years which shall be revised every ten years along with a
detailed layout plan prepared on the basis of the theme adopted
by the zoo, indicating the locations of green belts, lawns, gardens,
animal display area, visitor facilities, support infrastructure for
animal upkeep and healthcare, buildings for administrative and
maintenance unit.
(4) Atleast 30% of the area earmarked for the zoo shall be kept under
green belt and natural vegetation and the area for animal housing
shall not exceed 30% area of the zoo.
(5) Every zoo shall take adequate care to locate and design all
‘pucca’ buildings including the visitor facilities in such a manner
that the natural landscape of the zoo and animal enclosures are
not masked and the cleanliness and hygiene of the zoo is not
affected.
(6) Every zoo shall, in consultation with the Central Zoo Authority,
prepare a collection plan indicating the names of the species
and maximum number of animals of each species to be housed
in the zoo, having due regard to the congeniality of the climatic
conditions of the locality for the general health and well being of
the species, availability of the space and infrastructural support
for proper upkeep and healthcare of the species, proximity of the
zoo to the habitat range of the species and the past record of the
zoo in management and breeding of the species and no zoo shall
compromise on housing and upkeep standards of animals for
accommodating new species or additional animals of the species
in its collection.
(7) No zoo shall accept any rescued animal unless it has appropriately
designed enclosure and upkeep facilities for the animal as well as
66
the facilities for keeping it in isolation during quarantine period.

(8) Whenever any zoo decides to accept any rescued animal for
housing, a detailed report regarding the source from which the
animal has been received, legality of its acquisition and the
facilities available at the zoo for housing, upkeep and healthcare
shall be sent to the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State.
Provided that in case, the rescued animal pertains to an
endangered species a copy of the report shall also be sent to the
Central Zoo Authority.
(9) Any decision of the Central Zoo Authority about any animal being
sent to a particular zoo for augmenting the number of founder
animals for the conservation breeding programme of the species
shall be binding on the concerned zoo.
4. Animal housing, display of animals and animal enclosures

(1) Every zoo shall endeavour to display the animals in nature
immersing enclosures.
(2) The designs and dimensions of every enclosure shall be
determined having due regard to the biological behaviour of the
species and the number of animals to be housed therein as per
the standards specified by the Central Zoo Authority in this regard
from time to time.
(3) The zoo shall ensure that the enclosure is safe and secure for the
animals, animal keepers and the visitors and has requisite space
for free movement, exercise and expression of natural behaviour
by the animals.
(4) Adequate space shall also be made available to the animals in
order to maintain safe distance from the dominant animals in the
group or herd.
(5) No zoo shall display any animal in the enclosure that is not in
accordance with the standards specified by the Central Zoo
Authority in this regard.
(6) Every zoo shall make special efforts to enrich the environment
of the enclosure to meet the species specific behavioural
requirements of the animals in accordance with the standards
specified by the Central Zoo Authority.
67
(7) Adequate screening shall be provided between adjacent

enclosures to safeguard against the animals getting unduly
excited or stressed due to visibility of animals housed in these
enclosures
(8) No new enclosures for endangered species shall be constructed
without prior approval of the Central Zoo Authority.
(9) Every zoo shall provide appropriately designed and effective
stand off barriers at every animal display enclosure to regulate
the movement of visitors in the zoo in a manner that facilitates
the visitors in getting unobstructed view of wild animals, without
reaching in the vicinity or proximity of the animals and getting the
opportunity to physically touch or provoke the animals and shall
also display adequate sign boards so as to give warning to the
visitors to keep a safe distance from the animals.
(10) Every zoo shall provide appropriate signage with relevant
information on the biology, behaviour and the population status of
the species in the wild at every display enclosure.
Provided that large and medium zoos shall endeavour to provide
interactive interpretation facilities for the purpose of explaining
behaviour and biology of the species displayed in the enclosure.
5. Upkeep and healthcare of animals

(1) Every zoo shall house and maintain the animals in its collection
in socially and behaviourally viable groups. No animal shall be
separated from the group unless doing so is necessary for the
security and welfare of the animal or other animals in the group.
Provided that the animals, so separated, shall be housed in
accordance with standards specified by the Central Zoo Authority
in this regard.
(2) Every zoo shall endeavour to provide all the animals in its
collection timely supply of quality food of such a composition and
in such quantities that nutritional and behavioural requirement of
each animal are fully met and adequate safeguards shall be taken
to ensure that no animal remains under-nourished on account of
dominant animals not permitting other animals getting their share
of the feed and the zoo operator shall ensure round the clock
supply of potable water to all the animals in the zoo.
68
(3) The timing of distribution of food, placement of food and way of

distribution of food to the animals shall be regulated in such a
manner that the animals get maximum opportunity to express
natural instincts and skills and behaviour related to feeding.
(4) As a safeguard against feral animals, free ranging wild animals
and scavengers sharing the feed of the zoo animals, each animal
shall be provided feed in the feeding cells/ kraals specially
earmarked for the purpose and such feeding cells and kraals shall
be so designed that these can also serve as indoor enclosures
for the animals during extreme weather conditions as well as for
secure stay during the nights:
Provided that the dimensions and designs of the feeding cells and
kraals shall be as per the standards specified by the Central Zoo
Authority.
(5) Every zoo operators shall ensure that the left over feed, excreta
of animals and all other wastes are removed promptly from the
feeding cells and kraals and the feeding cells and kraals are
washed and disinfected as per the advice of the authorized
veterinary officers and the solid and the liquid waste generated
during the process shall be disposed off in such manner that has
no adverse impact on the hygiene and cleanliness of the zoo and
the landscape surrounding the zoo.
(6) The curatorial and the veterinary staff shall keep a close watch on
the general behaviour and health parameters of the zoo animals.
The animals shall be handled only by the staff having experience
and training in handling the individual animals.
(7) Any animal that shows any sign of dullness, loss of appetite, injury
or abnormal behaviour shall be thoroughly assessed and provided
medical attention promptly as per the standards specified by the
Central Zoo Authority in this regard from time to time and the
direction of the Zoo administration.
(8) Every zoo animals shall be screened for parasitic loads as per
written schedule prepared by the zoo in consultation with the
veterinary officer and prophylactic medicines administered as per
clinical requirements and vaccination of animals against infectious
diseases shall also be done, as per the schedule prescribed by
the Veterinary Officer from time to time.
69
(9) All staff involved with upkeep and healthcare of zoo animals
shall be screened against zoonotic diseases once every year
and those found positive to any communicable disease shall be
provided appropriate treatment till they get cured and freed of the
infection and during the period of such treatment, the infected
employees shall be kept away from the responsibility of upkeep
and healthcare of the animals.
(10) Every zoo shall maintain detailed records of observations of

biological and social behaviour and health status of the animals
including feed intake, medication and treatment provided in the
keeper’s diary, daily reports, animal history cards and treatment
cards, as per standards specified by the Central Zoo Authority.
6. Veterinary and infrastructure facilities

(1) Every zoo shall, ------
(a) have veterinary facilities appropriate to the size and type of
the animal collection of the zoo;
(b) have a full fledged veterinary unit with all basic diagnostic
facilities, comprehensive range of drugs, operation theatre
and in-patient wards.
Provided that a mini zoo shall have at least facilities of a
treatment room.
(2) No zoo shall acquire sophisticated and costly diagnostic
equipments unless there is adequate technically qualified
manpower to operate and use the same.
(3) Every zoo, except mini zoo, shall have a postmortem room,
isolation ward, quarantine ward, animal restraining and
tranquilizing equipments and a veterinary care reference
library.
(4) Tranquilization of any animal shall be done exercising utmost care
and following the standards specified in this regard by the Central
Zoo Authority from time to time.
(5) Every zoo operator shall provide each zoo the veterinary support
staff as specified in the Table below; namely:-
70
S. No. Support Staff Large zoo Medium Small zoo

zoo
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1. Lab. Assistant 1 1 -
2. Stockman or 2 1 1
compounder
Provided that a Mini zoo shall have atleast one whole time
employee to take care of upkeep and feeding of the zoo animals.
(6) Every zoo shall have linkages with the eminent institutions and
organizations working in the field of wild animal healthcare with
the objectives to provide for:
(a) the assistance in scientific diagnosis of diseases of serious
nature and advise on the effective remedial treatment.
(b) the training and upgrading technical skills of zoo staff; and
(c) the development of protocols for preventive medicines and
vaccination
7. Post-mortem and disposal of carcasses of animals
(1) Every animal died in the zoo shall be subjected to a detailed
postmortem examination by registered veterinarian to determine
conclusively the cause of the death.
(2) The findings of the post-mortem examination referred to in

sub-paragraph (1) shall be recorded in such format as may be
prescribed by Central Zoo Authority and in this regard and shall
be maintained for a period of not less than six years.
(3) In the event of the post mortem being inconclusive and no specific
reason for death is identified, the zoo authorities shall send the
samples of the tissues and organs, blood, viscera etc. for further
examination to the qualified diagnostic laboratory having adequate
specialization for further investigation and identifying the cause of
death.
(4) Every zoo shall ensure that the carcasses of the animals, after
the post-mortem has been conducted, is disposed off by burying
or burning in a manner that does not have any adverse impact on
71
the hygiene and cleanliness of the zoo:
Provided that the carcasses of large cats shall be disposed off by

burning in the presence of the Director of the zoo or any officer in
the next rank to him and authorized by him in this behalf:.
Provided further that the carcasses of animals died due to Anthrax

or such other communicable diseases shall not be opened and
subjected to post-mortem, as a safeguard against spread of the
disease. These shall be buried intact.
8. Euthanasia of the animals

(1) No animal in the zoo shall be euthanized unless doing so is
essential for the health of other animals or relieving the animal
from unnecessary suffering or agony and whenever such
exigencies arrives, action may be taken in accordance with the
norms specified by the Central Zoo Authority in this regard.
9. Acquisition and breeding of animals

(1) Every zoo shall endeavour to keep and maintain animals of
various species in their collection in such a sex ratio that optimizes
breeding and helps in developing a self-sustaining population of
each species.
(2) To safeguard against ill effects of inbreeding on the zoo population,
the zoo shall endeavour to introduce unrelated animals to zoo
stock through exchange, loaning and getting gifts of animals from
other zoos.
(3) No zoo shall acquire single animal or genetically non-viable
number of animals unless such acquisition is necessary for pairing
of single animals or making the group genetically/ biologically
viable.
(4) Every zoo shall endeavour to acquire mates for single and
unpaired animals on priority basis and in the event of any zoo
failing to find a mate for single and unpaired animal within a period
of six months, the unpaired or single animal shall be transferred
or exchanged or given on breeding loan to any other zoo in
accordance with the norms specified by the Central Zoo Authority
in this regard.
(5) For the purpose of transportation of animals from one place to
72
another, the standards specified in this regard by the Central Zoo

Authority shall be complied with.
(6) The Central Zoo Authority shall assign the responsibility of
conservation breeding of the identified critically endangered
species to identified zoos having technical capabilities and housing
facilities, preferably close to the distribution range of the species
and every zoo shall help the identified zoos in implementing the
breeding programme.
(7) The surplus animals from the breeding population shall be made
available to the contributing zoo for display purposes on the basis
of quality of housing and infrastructural facilities available with the
zoos.
(8) Every zoo shall, with a view to prevent inbreeding and the loss of
heterozygosity, the zoos shall maintain the animal history cards
& stud and herd book for the animals of endangered species
housed in the zoo and put appropriate identification marks and
transfer or exchange animals with other zoos.
(9) Every zoo shall endeavour to limit the number of animals of each
species within the limits set by the animal collection plan of the
zoo by implementing appropriate population control measures like
segregation of sexes, vasectomy, tubectomy and implantation of
pellets etc., with due consideration of the health and welfare of the
animals and interest of their long term survival.
(10) Every zoo shall take effective measures to safeguard against
escape of the zoo animals from the premises of the zoo and in the
event of any accidental escape, immediate action shall be taken
to retrieve the escaped animals.
(11) No zoo shall release any captive animal into the wild except in
accordance with the norms specified by the Central Zoo Authority
in this regard.
(12) Every zoo shall ensure that no hybridization of species or races of
same species takes place in the zoo.
10 Research activities --- Every zoo shall endeavor to carry out

collaborative research for evolving innovative strategies for providing
the animals housed in the zoo a better quality of life, enhanced longevity,
higher genetic and behavioural viability and improved reproduction
potential and to achieve the said goal the every zoo, other than mini
73
zoos, shall make arrangements for meticulous recording of data on

the social behaviour, group dynamics and reproductive biology of the
species housed in the zoo and developing a data base to be shared
with other zoos and the identified institutions, in accordance with norms
specified by the Central Zoo Authority in this regard.
11. Education and outreach activities ---- (1) Every zoo shall endeavour
to educate the visitors to the zoo and the people at large about the
significance of wildlife conservation for the general well being of the
people and keeping the life support system of nature intact and the
efforts shall be made to make people aware about the role played by
the zoos in this regard and the ways and means through which general
public can participate and contribute for the same.
(2) No physical handling or performances by animals shall be
permitted as part of educational activity.
12. Visitors facilities

(1) Every zoo operator shall provide adequate civic facilities for
visitors at appropriate and convenient places in the zoo including
for physically disadvantaged persons and such facilities shall be
so located that they do not mask or impact the view of enclosures.
(2) Every zoo shall have first aid facilities including snake anti-venom
and life saving drugs, readily available in the zoo premises.
(3) Every zoo shall make arrangements for providing access to the
handicapped persons for viewing wild animals at various animal
enclosures.
*****
74
FORM- I
[See rules 3 & 8 ]
APPLICATION FOR GETTING RECOGNITION FROM

THE CENTRAL ZOO AUTHORITY
UNDER SECTION 38H [Sub-section (2)]
To
The Member Secretary
Annexe No. VI, Bikaner House,
Shahjahan Road,
New Delhi – 110 011.
We want to get recognition under section 38H of the Wild Life (Protection)
Act, 1972 in respect of ________________. Bank Draft for Rs.________
drawn in favour of Central Zoo Authority, New Delhi is also enclosed. The
required information in respect of ______________is as under :
1. Name of the Zoo:
2. Location and area of the Zoo:
3. Date of Establishment:
4. Name and address of the Zoo Operator:
*5. Total number of visitors to the Zoo during the last three years: (Year
wise):
*6. Total number of days on which zoo is open to visitors during a calendar
year:
7. Number of animals/ species exhibited by the zoo:
75
Stock position during the current financial year

Number of Stock Position Births/ Stock as on
species on the close of Acquisitions/ the date of
preceding year Deaths/ Disposal application
Mammals
Birds
Reptiles
Amphibians
Fishes and
Invertebrates
8. Total number of enclosures:

*(i) Open air enclosures:
(ii) Closed cages/ aviaries:
9. List of endangered species bred during last 3 years:
10. Veterinary facilities:

(a) Whole time veterinarian available or not:
(b) Facilities available in the Veterinary Hospital:
1. Operation theatre/ Surgical room
2. X-ray facility
3. Squeeze cages
4. In-door patient ward
5. Quarantine ward & Isolation ward
6. Dispensary
7. Veterinary care reference library
8. Nursery for hand-rearing of animal babies
9. Pathological laboratory
76
10. Tranquilizing equipments/ drugs

11. Post-mortem room
12. Whether the following facilities exist in the zoo:
(a) Kitchen
(b) Food store
(c) Deep freeze
(d) Portable water facility
(e) Food distribution van/ rickshaw etc.
11. Sanitary care and disease control:

Whether:-
(i) Pollution free water to animals for drinking is available?
(ii) Proper drainage system exists in enclosures?
(iii) Regular disposal of refuse material is done?
(iv) Programme for control of pests and predators exists?
(v) Preventive measures like deworm and vaccination are being
provided?
*12. Amenities to visitors:

Whether:
(a) Public facilities like toilets/ bathrooms exist?
(b) Sufficient number of drinking water taps available?
(c) Visitor information centre and nature interpretation centre exist?
(d) Zoo education facilities have been provided?
(e) Public telephone booths are available?
(f) Kiosks and restaurants are available at the zoo?
*13. Safety measures for visitors:
Whether:-
(a) Effective stand-off barriers have been provided around
enclosures?
77
(b) Adequate number of warning signboards exist?

(c) First-Aid measures are available?
14. Budget of the Zoo for the last 3 years Revenue Grants Total expenditure:
15. Annual Report, Guide books, Brochure or any other publication (copies
enclosed)
16. Master plan/ detailed project report of the zoo (enclose a copy)
Signature of the Applicant
Name of the Applicant
Date: ...........................
*Rescue Centres and Conservation Breeding Centres are not required to

provide information.
78
FORM – II
[See rule 11 (1)]
PART - A
Proforma for Quarterly/ Annual Inventory Report
Inventory Report for the Quarter/ Year :
Endangered Species*
S. No Animal Scientific Opening Stock Births Acquisitions Disposals Deaths Closing Stock
Name Name as on as on
Birds M F U T M F U M F U M F U M F U M F U T
1.
2.
Total Birds
Mammals
1.
79
2.
Total Mammals
Reptile/
Amphibians
1.
2.
Total Reptiles/
Amphibians
Invertebrates
1.
2.
Total Invertebrates
Total Animals
*Animals under Sch- I and Sch- II of Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
Curator (Animals) Director
PART - B
Proforma for Annual Inventory Report
Inventory Report for the Year :
Other than endangered Species
S. No Animal Scientific Opening Stock as Births Acquisitions Disposals Deaths Closing Stock as
Name Name on 1-4- on 31-03-
Birds M F U T M F U M F U M F U M F U M F U T
1.
2.
......
Total Birds
Mammals
1.
2.
......
80
Total Mammals
Reptiles/
Amphibians
1.
2.
......
Total Reptiles/
Amphibians
Invertebrates
1.
2.
......
Total Invertebrates
Total Animals
Curator (Animals) Director

81
82
5
facilitating effective
Guidelines for
and scientific management of
zoos in India in consonance
with Rule 10 of Recognition of
Zoo Rules, 2009
Guidelines for facilitating effective and scientific management of zoos in India in
consonance with Rule 10 of Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009 (Amendment) Rules, 2013
5. Guidelines for facilitating effective and scientific

management of zoos in India in consonance with
Rule 10 of Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009
With a view to give proper direction and thrust to the operations of
the zoos, the Central Government in exercise of powers vested to it under
Section 63 of Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 had notified Recognition of
Zoo Rules, 1992. These Rules have been further rationalized as Recognition
of Zoo (Amendment) Rules, 2013 and made more comprehensive and self
explanatory. However, some further technical guidance and procedural
details need to be provided to the zoos for facilitating effective and scientific
management of zoos in India. To achieve the above stated goals the Central
Zoo Authority is issuing following guidelines:-
Rule 10, Schedule 1 (1-9) General requirements

Schedule 1 (2)
Providing naturalistic environment in the zoo
Zoo should endeavour to maintain the basic naturalistic features of the zoo
site such as water bodies, natural ridges and vegetation there on intact.
Planting of bushes, hedges and trees should also be done wherever vacant
space is available and maintain the same to serve as habitat for free ranging
species of wild animals and birds.
Schedule 1 (3)
Regulation of the movement of the visitors in a manner that the animals
are not unduly disturbed
Zoo should not permit in its premises the activities like meetings,
conferences, exhibitions, melas and social functions which are inconsistent
with the objectives of the zoo and are likely to raise levels of pollution and
obstruct the smooth movement of visitors.
Schedule 1 (4)
Provision of appropriately designed barrier
The perimeter barrier and the entry gate of each zoo should be so
designed, constructed and maintained that stray dogs, domestic livestock and
85
feral animals can not get access into the zoo. Provision for posting adequate
number of security guards should also be made to keep a close watch so that
unauthorized persons do not cause any breaches in the perimeter barrier
to get access to the zoo and cause damage to the zoo property or harm to
zoo animals. All breaches in the perimeter barrier, whether accidental or man
made should be repaired promptly.
Rule 10, Schedule 2 (1-3) Administrative and Staffing Pattern
Every zoo should have a detailed chart indicating duties and responsibilities
of all levels of staff also indicating the chain of command for reporting and
promptly dealing with the matters pertaining to maintenance and operation
of the zoo and the emergencies that may arise during such operations. In
the absence of a particular functionary, alternate arrangement should be
available for looking after his/her functions. Specific responsibility should
be assigned to the zoo personnel with appropriate seniority to attend and
redress the problems faced by the visitors. All concerned should be suitably
notified about the same. Subject to availability of staff, a senior staff member
should be designated as ex-officio “Public Relations Officer”.
Director/ In-charge of the zoo shall be responsible for smooth functioning of

the zoo, proper housing upkeep and health care of the animals, proper visitor
management and ensuring their safety. For discharge of these functions,
he should assign responsibilities and duties to all the zoo personnel. The
directions issued by the zoo Director should be binding on all zoo personnel.
The indicative list of the duties for the posts which are mandatory under the
rules, is given below:-
(i) Curator: Upkeep and maintenance of animal collection and
animal housing, including timely cleaning and disinfection of
animals’ enclosure, timely feeding of animals in the prescribed
manner, keeping a close watch on the general health conditions
of the animals and taking steps for getting sick animals treated
on priority basis including crating, shifting and transportation of
animals within the zoos.
(ii) Veterinarian: Frequent visits to animal enclosures and assessing
general health condition of animals, assessment of the adequacy
of the feed being supplied to the animals, having a regular check
on the quality of feed and water being supplied to the animals
86
and timely screening of animals for parasitic loads. Preparation

of disinfection schedules, prophylactic treatment schedules
and ensuring the implementation of the same. Taking steps for
timely restraining and treatment of sick animals, maintenance of
record of the treatment provided to animals in prescribed formats,
conducting postmortem of animals that die in the zoo for arriving
at logical conclusions regarding the reasons of death and device
strategies for keeping the mortality of zoo animals at minimum
level. He should also be responsible for supervising the crating,
shifting and transportation of zoo animals.
(iii) Biologist
(a) Making observations on the behaviour and biology of
animals, assessing the compatibility of animals in groups/
herds and maintaining meticulous record of the same,
ensuring their upkeep and welfare including provision of
special diet for pregnant females, nursing mothers, new
borns/ new arrivals, infirm and sick animals.
(b) Genetic management of animal groups/herds particularly
the endangered species including putting identification
marks on the newly acquired and new born animals and
facilitating timely exchange of animals with other zoos.
(c) Enrichment of animal enclosures.
(d) Recommending regulation of movement of visitors in such
a manner that its impact on animals is minimum.
(e) Maintenance of animal history cards and studbooks as
stipulated in Recognition of Zoo Rules.
(f) Gathering up to date information on behavioural biology
and reproductive aspects of zoo animals and use the same
for refinement of protocols for animals’ housing, upkeep
and conservation breeding programme.
(iv) Education Officer
(a) Preparation of brochures, booklets, CDs and other
interpretative material on behaviour biology and ecology
of various species housed in the zoo for their further
dissemination.
(b) Designing and upgrading the signages at various
87
enclosures and developing appropriately designed

direction boards and appropriate warning signs for
regulating movement of visitors.
(c) Providing orientation and guidance to the visitors for
having educative and rewarding experience at the zoo.
(d) Making arrangements for conducted visits of organized
groups.
(e) Assisting in redressal of the difficulties and grievances of
visitors.
(f) Training the zoo personnel to deal with the visitors in
courteous and polite manner without compromising with
zoo ethics.
Rule 10, Schedule 3 (1-9) Development & Planning:

Schedule 3 (3)
Preparing the Master Plan for development of zoos
Master plan of a zoo should be a comprehensive document giving a detailed
road map for 20 years with a provision of review every 10 years regarding
development, improvement and upgradation of the facilities and infrastructure
available at the zoo and building up of the capacity for carrying out all the
operations forming part of the zoo management with greater efficiency. The
development of the master plan of a zoo involves following steps:-
(i) Define the mission, vision and the conservation message of the
zoo through a detailed process of consultation.
(ii) Thoroughly inventorise and evaluate the existing infrastructure,
facilities, resources and services available at the zoo and analyse
the same to identify the areas of strength and weaknesses in
order of priority.
(iii) Draft a development brief and identify the priority needs and
development project imperatives to address these needs.
(iv) Use of the project imperatives for developing an implementable
action plan along with estimated costs. Try to match the so
developed action plan and the projected costs with the available
resources and if necessary keep on repeating the process till
optimal relationship among all the components of the master
plan i.e. a happy marriage between the needs, opportunities,
constraints, risks and rewards is achieved. The concept finally
88
selected along with summary of other studies listed above should

be submitted to the zoo operator and the Central Zoo Authority for
their concurrence and approval.
(v) Once the concept plan is approved by the concerned authorities
a comprehensive master plan for the zoo should be developed in
the prescribed format annexed at Annexure – I to these guidelines.
Priority areas to be given special attention during preparation of the master
plan
1. Achieve the highest standards of housing and upkeep for zoo
animals with a view to establish self sustaining populations of
genetically and behaviouraly viable animals adopting latest skills
of behavioural enrichment and genetic management.
2. Planned breeding of endangered species through provision of
off the exhibit breeding enclosures of requisite specification in
adequate number to accommodate the viable breeding population
of endangered species.
3. Availability of requisite expertise for upkeep and healthcare of the
animals of concerned species for its long-term survival.
4. Thematic display of animals in nature emersing exhibits equipped
with feeding and housing facilities congenial to the species
specific behaviour of the animals housed therein.
5. To assess the carrying capacity of the zoo in respect of visitors
having due regard to space availability and the welfare of the
animals particularly the impact through noise pollution and physical
disturbance by visitors and thereby appropriate measures to limit
the number of visitors within the carrying capacity.
6. Planning the visitor circulation in the zoo in such a manner that the
visitors get unobstructed view of wild animals in a pollution free
and natural environment.
7. Development of appropriate signages and interpretation facilities
that can help the visitors in understanding the ecological linkages
of nature and developing an empathy for wildlife.
8. Efficient waste disposal system and sanitation practices for
maintaining hygienic and clean environment in the zoo.
9. Design and maintain appropriate public facilities and civic
amenities upto the desired standards.
89
10. Develop elaborate and effective management plans to deal with

unforeseen contingencies and natural disasters and high influx of
visitors on particular days.
Tools for preparation and effective implementation of master plan

(a) Identification of the mission for the zoo
Under the Indian conditions the appropriate mission for the zoo could
be:-
I. Compliment the national efforts in conservation of wildlife through
planned coordinated conservation breeding of endangered wild
animal species of the region.
II. Develop amongst visitors an empathy for wild animals and
motivate them to support the cause of conservation of wildlife.
III. Develop amongst the visitors an understanding about the
ecological linkages with the life supporting processes of nature
and the need for keeping them intact by adopting sustainable life
styles and living in harmony with nature.
IV. Enhancing the role of zoos in conservation of wildlife through
collaborative research aiming at attaining management skills for
in-situ population and carrying out advocacy for protecting the wild
animals and their natural habitats.
V. To act as Rescue Centre by receiving and keeping orphaned,
seized, rescued, injured wild animals subject to availability of
appropriate housing for the same.
(b) Identification of the vision for the zoo

Public should view the zoos as:-
I. Scientific institutions engaged in animal welfare and conservation
of wildlife
II. Centres of knowledge on effective techniques for maintaining
healthy ambience and pollution free environment.
(c) Conservation Message to be imparted to the zoo visitors

I. Work for conservation of wildlife and its habitat.
II. Adopt sustainable life styles and live in harmony with nature.
90
III. Contain the consumptive use of natural resources with in

sustainable limits through reuse, recycling and refusal.
Thematic display of animals

Grouping or sequencing the animal displays for achieving any or more than
one of the following objectives leads to thematic display of animals:-
I. Facilitate the visitors to understand the biology and behaviour of
the species displayed.
II. Facilitate the visitors to understand the geographical habitat
range of various species and the linkages between the long-term
survival of the species with conservation of their natural habitat.
III. Highlight the mythological and cultural significance of various
species of wild animals.
IV. Apprise the visitors of the composite and complex nature of
different ecosystems.
V. Provide the visitors an absorbing and rewarding experience at the
zoo.
The themes generally adopted are:
1. Traditional Themes:-
(a) zoo-geographic - Continent wise or region
wise display
(b) Taxanomic - Class, family and genera
wise display
(c) Behavioural - Nocturnal, aquatic,
burrowing, arboreal
(d) Mixture of the above - Based on popularity
2. Recent Concepts ---

Simulation/replication of in-situ sites e. g. Chilka lake, Annamallai hills,
Western Ghats, Aravalli Hills, Kanha meadow, Sunderban wetlands, Indian
deserts, Gir forests, Shiwalik Foothills, etc.
Bio-geographic grouping - High mountain fauna, riverine
fauna, Mangrove fauna etc.
Eco-system display - Nilgiri fauna, Desert fauna,
Wetland fauna, etc.
91
Replication of in-situ site and eco-system display require greater technological

expertise and involves high costs but are more aesthetic and absorbing. Zoo-
geographic and taxonomic displays are easier to implement but often fail due
to non availability of animals to replenish the dead animals stock.
Adoption of a particular theme should be done taking into consideration the

available space, species held in collection of the individual zoo/ possibility
of procurement from other zoos and the financial resources and technical
expertise available with the zoo. Having adopted a particular theme, zoo
should strictly follow it. Any deviations from the theme would result in paranoic
displays sending wrong conservation message and convert the zoo into a
unplanned wild animal display facility.
Adopting themes based on local/ regional animals suited to the local climate
have greater chances of success. Highly endangered species should
normally not be made part of thematic displays.
Under the present state of management of zoos taxonomic displays with few
specialized display on bio-geographic/ ecosystem themes shall be a practical
approach.
Visitor circulation plan

Traditionally the zoos have extensive network of roads. As all the roads are
inter connected, there is every likelihood of the visitors getting disoriented
and moving haphazardly in all directions. It is desirable that the zoo should
have only one main approach road to take the visitors to the zoo animal
display areas. The main road should be connected to various animal exhibits
with loop roads and subloop roads of lesser width and specifications on the
basis of hierarchy (importance) assigned to each road. The loop roads and
subloop roads should intersect the main road at prominent junction points,
where appropriate signage indicating the directions of prominent animal
exhibits and visitor facilities should be available.
Due safeguards should be taken so that visitor road does not pass through
the area adjoining the animal feeding cells, feeding kraals, animal service
areas, service road and off the exhibit areas.
If required, zoo could fix different timings for visitors viewing specific animal
facilities.
All civic amenities and visitor facilities should preferably be located by the
side of main road only.
92
Animal collection plan

Every zoo shall take a strategic review of the species of animals and their
number to be housed in the zoo for preparation of appropriate animal
collection plan, with reference to:-
(a) Space available to each species/ animal and the space actually
required for housing all the animals of all the species held in its
stock, as per prescribed norms.
(b) Past and present performance of the zoo in upkeep, healthcare
including the congeniality of the local climate for upkeep of the
species.
(c) Records of births and deaths of the animals of each species and
the survival of the young ones.
(d) Cost of upkeep and healthcare of each species.
(e) Adopted theme of the zoo and the relevance of the species in the
thematic display.
(f) Species identified for planned conservation breeding by the zoo.
(g) Species with surplus number of animals which are available with
other zoos.
Following should be the guiding principles for finalizing the collection plans for
different categories of zoos in Indian conditions
I. Large Zoo (National Collection)

Wild animal species of the area/ locality/ ecosystem the zoo is part of
(around 30% of the total species displayed); representative wild animal
species of region (North, South, West, Central, East or North-east)
the zoo is part of depending upon suitability to the climatic condition
(around 30%), representative wild animal species of the nation which
are comfortable in the climate of the zoo (around 30%) and not more
than 10% exotic wild animal species.
II. Medium Zoo (Regional Collection)
Wild animal species of the area/ locality/ ecosystem the zoo is part
of (around 40% of total species displayed); representative wild animal
species of the region the zoo is part of (around 40%) and not more than
10% selected species of nation and exotics each.
III. Small Zoo (Local Collection)
93
Wild animal species of the area/locality/ ecosystem the zoo is part

of (around 60%), re representative wild animal species which are
comfortable in the climate from the region (20%), nation (10%) and
exotics (10%).
IV. Mini Zoo (Local common wild animal collection)

Few identified common wild animal species of the area/locality/
ecosystem the zoo is part of, may be 1-2 common exotics wild animal
species.
V. Rescue Centre
Identified problem wild animal species and orphaned, infirm captive
animals not fit for display of the area/ locality/ ecosystem the Rescue
Centre is part of:-
(i) All rescued sick or injured wild animals should be rehabilitated
back in wild or in regular lifetime care facility/zoo/rescue centre
within 30 days of treatment/ healing depending upon the condition/
suitability of the individuals.
(ii) All seized wild animals should also be rehabilitated back in wild
or in regular lifetime care facility/ zoo/ rescue centre depending
upon the condition/ suitability of the individuals with 30 days of the
seizure after getting permission of the court dealing with the case.
(iii) All rescued/ abandoned young wild animal should only be reared
in nurseries attached to the Veterinary facilities/ hospitals of the
recognized zoos/ rescue centres.
V. Specialized Zoo
Exclusive (Reptile/ Snake/ rodent/ bird/nocturnal/ aquatic park and
aquarium etc.) specialized zoo may decide housing animals of one step
above level i. e. small of region, medium of nation, large of international
level in its collection plan.
2. On the basis of the result of the review as mentioned above, list out the
species and the number of animals of each species that are necessary
for planned thematic display and conservation breeding in the zoo.
3. With a view to enhance the conservation role of the zoo, some of
the glamorous mega specie may have to be excluded from the list
to accommodate the animal of endangered species and designing of
outstanding exhibits.
94
Taking into consideration the outcome of detailed analysis as mentioned
above, draw out the final list of the species and the number of animals of
each species to be housed in the zoo. Fewer species with viable population
are always preferable to a collection of larger number of species with non
viable numbers.
Master Layout plan for the zoo

Master layout plan is a detailed landscape map of the existing zoo site in a
scale of 1:1000 to 1:5000 depending on the area of the zoo. All the existing
facilities and infrastructure and the locations of the proposed developmental
activities in animal display area, conservation breeding area, rescue centre
area, visitor circulation routes, animal upkeep and healthcare facilities
including animals’ quarantine facilities and isolation wards, visitor education
facilities and civic amenities, service roads, administrative blocks, entry plaza,
car parking should be clearly indicated on the map. Allocation of land for each
activity should be made available having due regard to the provisions made
under “Recognition of Zoo Rules” in particular to the Sub rule 11.
Disaster and crisis management plan

Every zoo should prepare a detailed plan to deal with crisis in management,
arising out of natural disasters like cyclone, flood, drought and earth quake
or accidental happenings like fire, animal escapes, out break of diseases,
etc. The crisis sometimes may also arise out of vandalism by unruly visitors,
strike by the staff, stoppage of supply of water, power and animal feed due to
circumstances beyond the control of the zoo management.
The plan would comprise of:-

I. Assessment of the degree of subjectivity of the zoo to each type of
crisis and list out the crisis which are encountered at the zoo more
frequently.
II. (a) List out necessary equipments to deal with crisis like diesel
generators, portable saws, axes, showels, bill hooks, water
tankers, diesel pumping sets, ropes, spot lights, emergency
lamps, siren, hooter, loud speaker, tarpaulin, chains, nuts and
bolts and acquire and stock the same.
(b) List and keep a stock of consumables like diesel, petrol, LPG,
kerosene, lubricants, fuelwood, batteries, saw blades etc.
III. Prepare a line of command for dealing with the crisis and a
95
support contingency plan in case the line of command does not

prove effective for some reason.
IV. Train all concerned to deal with the situation through periodic
mock drills. It should be ensured that all equipments are fully
functional and effective at all times.
V. Network and coordinate with specialized agencies like fire fighting
units of the State Government/ Union Territories and upgrade the
equipments and rationalize the operations on the basis of their
inputs.
VI. Be on lookout for new potential crisis and develop the strategy
to meet the same like bird flu, anthrax, retaliatory killing of wild
animals etc.
Management Plan
Every zoo should prepare a management plan listing out the activities to
be taken up by the zoo for implementing the master plan over next 5 years
indicating realistic costs of executing the identified activities and financial
year wise targets both physical and financial including anticipated source of
funding.
Detailed strategy for achieving the target should also be explained in explicit
and elaborate manners.
Rule 10, Schedule 4 (1-10) Animal housing, display of animals &

animal enclosures:
Schedule 4 (2)
Dimensions and size of animal enclosures
The land area to be given to any animal exhibit enclosure should be decided
having due regard to the maximum number of animals that can be displayed
in the animal enclosures. Sambar, Spotted deer, Swamp deer, Sangai and
some other ungulates can live in large social groups. Enclosures for such
species can easily be designed for displaying 15-20 animals. However, the
maximum number of animals that can be displayed in a single enclosure
of Chinkara, Chowsingha and Barking deer and similar species should not
exceed 5-7.
The area of the enclosure should have adequate land space for facilitating
the animals to have free movement and exercise, adequate area to rest in
96
shade and bask in the sun and have safe refuge from dominant animals and
express their natural, social and reproductive behaviour.
The animal exhibit enclosures should not be given geometrical shapes, as the
presence of corners is not congenial to smooth and unrestricted movement of
animals. Enclosures with greater depth facilitate the animals to keep a safe
distance from the visitors and are always preferable.
The dimensions and the area of any enclosure should be decided having
due regard to various factors mentioned above and the topography and
naturalistic features of site identified for construction of the enclosure.
However, indicative sizes for the enclosures, both feeding cells and outdoors
of important wild animal species are given in Annexure IIA and IIB respectively
to these guidelines. The indicative sizes for outdoors are minimum, zoo
operator should always try to provide for larger and bigger outdoor to the
extent possible.
The area of the outdoor enclosures for herbivore safari and carnivore safari
should not be less than 30 hectares and 20 hectares respectively. Mini zoos
being operated as Deer Parks and displaying mega species should not be of
less than five hectares.
These dimensions will not apply to Circuses. However, when not in transit, the
circuses shall provide the animals space for movement and exercise.
Display of animals in nature immersing enclosures
(1) Landscape around every animal exhibit/ enclosure should
comprise of plantations of appropriate tree and shrub species of
adequate extent and such shape that the enclosure should not be
visible to the visitors form any place other than the animal viewing
areas.
(2) All the hard exteriors of the enclosure i.e. the enclosure barrier
and the frontage of the feeding cells, feeding kraals should be
effectively camouflaged through planting of bamboo, dwarf tree
species and shrubs.
(3) Planting of appropriate trees and shrubs should be done around
the animal viewing areas to break up the visitors into small viewing
groups.
(4) Visitors should be made to move through the green landscape
around the enclosure for reasonable distances.
(5) Planting, appropriate trees species should be done in the
enclosure to ensure that entire animal enclosure is not visible to
97
the visitors from any of the viewing points. The animal should be
seen to the visitors in near natural settings.
Making the animal enclosures safe for animals, animal keepers and the
visitors
(a) Enclosure Barrier
Barrier of every enclosure should be of a design, dimension and material
that can effectively contain the animals housed within the enclosure and
safeguard against any animal escaping from the enclosure. Due care
should also be taken to ensure that the shutters and doors fitted in
the enclosure, kraal and feeding cell are of such material and design
that these can not be broken/ opened by the animals housed in the
enclosure. The barriers of all the enclosures, except the animal viewing
area could comprise of natural cliffs (if any), wall, glass, power fence
or chain-link fence, etc. of prescribed dimensions. However, in animal
exhibit enclosures, provision of a moat could be made in the animal
viewing area, to facilitate the visitors in having an unobstructed view
of the animals without getting close to them. Wet moats shall normally
not be used as enclosure barrier for the viewing area except in case
of water loving animals. The total land area under moat should not
exceed 20% of the land area of the enclosure. The indicative design
type and dimensions of enclosure barrier are given in Appendix III to
these guidelines.
(b) Other safeguards :
(i) Due care should be taken to ensure that no power line/ power
cable passes over any animal enclosure.
(ii) Enclosure barrier should be erected/ constructed at a safe
distance from such trees that can aid the animals to escape from
the enclosure or damage the enclosure barrier.
(iii) Where walls are used as enclosure barriers, due care should be
taken to plaster the same with such proportion of cement mix that
the plaster does not wither away leaving gaps that could be used
by the animal as holds for escaping out of the enclosure.
(iv) Live wire overhangs or chainlink should be used to prevent the
animals from escaping out of the enclosure.
(v) Water pipelines and sanitary fittings should be fixed within the
98
enclosure in such a manner that the same can not be used by the
animal as aid to escape from the enclosures.
(vi) Adequately deep foundation to be provided for enclosure barrier
housing the burrowing species.
(vii) Attention should be given to different barrier materials, fixtures,
shutters etc. to see that they are safe and cannot be broken or
cause injuries to animals.
Specialised Animal Displays

1. Walk Through Animal Enclosures
(i) The area open to access by visitors should be clearly delineated
and demarcated in such a manner that animals are not impacted
by the presence of visitors and that animals are not in a position
to injure the visitors.
(ii) Visitors should be allowed to enter the walk through animal
enclosure in controlled groups under proper supervision. Visitors
must be adequately informed about the dos’ and don’ts, while in
the enclosure.
(iii) All walk through exhibits should have double entry gates and
double exit gates to safeguard against any animal from escaping
out of the enclosure.
(iv) Every visitor should be made to walk through a disinfectant
footbath before entering the walk through enclosure.
(v) The carrying capacity of the visitors in the walk through enclosure
should be clearly defined and at no point of time the visitor number
should exceed the same.
2. Drive Through Enclosures (Safaries)
(i) Entry and exit to every drive through enclosure should be through
a system of double gates. There should be sufficient space in
between the two gates, to allow the gates to be securely locked at
the front and the rear of every vehicle that enters the drive through
enclosure.
(ii) The gates for drive through enclosure should be so designed and
located that the person operating the gates can see and ensure
that no animal is standing near the gate at that time when the gate
is being opened for the vehicle getting into the enclosure.
99
(iii) Arrangement should be in place to ensure that the two gates

provided under the double gate entry and exit system do not open
simultaneously. The 2nd gate should open when the first gate has
been securely locked.
(iv) Design of the double gates should be such that the same can be
operated conveniently by one person only.
(v) Visitors should be allowed to enter in the enclosure of large cats
and Bears only in closed top vehicle and the windows and glasses
of the vehicle should be kept securely locked during the period the
vehicle remains in the drive through enclosure.
(vi) Supervisory staff accompanying the vehicle should be armed with
appropriate weapons and communication equipment and should
be authorized to use the same effectively, if required to do so, to
save the visitor from attack by the animals.
(vii) Trained personnel shall be suitably positioned over the entire
drive through enclosure, on appropriately designed watch towers
to keep a watch on the movement of vehicles, the animals and
intruders, if any and to provide necessary guidance to gate staff,
the vehicle drivers and the animal keepers in carrying out the jobs
assigned to them safely and effectively.
(viii) A rescue vehicle capable of affecting recovery of the vehicles
from the drive through enclosure should always be available at the
command of supervisory staff as long as there are any vehicles
within the drive through enclosures.
(ix) The layout of roads in the drive through enclosure should be such
that the visitors can be shown all the highlights of the enclosure
without disturbing the animals in their withdrawal areas.
3. Composite Animal Enclosure

Composite animal enclosures by and large are quite attractive and are quite
in vogue these days. The zoo operators, while designing any composite
enclosure shall take due care to ensure that:
(a) Species housed in composite enclosure are compatible in nature.
(b) There is no competition between the species for utilization of
space, food and natural resources.
(c) The species do not inter-breed.
100
4. Elephant Enclosures
The elephants being voracious eaters and producers of extraordinary amount
of solid wastes can not be maintained aesthetically in the display enclosures.
Presence of ‘mahaouts and chara cutters’ makes the issue of aesthetic
display further complicated. It would therefore be desirable to leave elephants
in display enclosure without chain for limited period of 6 to 8 hours. For rest
of the time, the elephants should be kept in elephant houses of appropriate
designs in off the display areas at isolated places. Elephants can be loosely
chained with spikeless chains for their own safety. However, suitable padding
should also be provided on their legs to safeguard against injuries being
caused on account of chaining in twilight.
Schedule 4 (5-6)
Environmental Enrichment
Any wild animal living free in nature carries out wide range of activities viz
foraging, exploration, territorial patrolling, marking territorial boundaries,
avoiding predators, wallowing, climbing, burrowing and seeking mates etc. Its
social behaviour includes parenting, courtship and other interactive activities
viz. chasing each other and indulging in mock fights. All these activities
involve constant alertness of visual, olefactory and adulatory stimuli. Even
during the inactivity period in wild, the animals are involved in setting up and
construction of secure refuges such as nests, burrows, dens, searching tree
holes etc.
Under the zoo environment, the environmental complexity is missing and

the animal has to make little effort for getting its food and security. The
availability of space for movement and other physical activities like digging,
burrowing or nesting, is also limited and the animals can no longer express
their natural behaviour. Lack of stimuli to take up any physical activity
(absence of hunger and insecurity) and continued stress due to non-fulfilment
of natural behaviour leads to development of aberrant/ stereotypic behaviour
in the animals, which make them look pathetic.
There is no denying the fact that it is neither feasible nor practical to simulate
the conditions of wild in the zoo, still the zoo operators can provide the zoo
animals ample opportunities to express their natural behaviour through
imaginative enclosure designing and planned enrichment. The technical
help of behavioural biologists may be obtained in developing the appropriate
enrichment plan for the wild animals.
101
Important components of Environmental Enrichment of animal enclosures

are briefly summarized below :
Behavioural Enrichment :
(i) Keep animals in compatible social groups. Provide adequate
three dimensional space for exercising the normal movement
behaviour patterns i.e. walking, flying and climbing.
(ii) Provide suitable substrate to facilitate the animals to satisfy their
digging, burrowing and exploratory instincts.
(iii) Provide suitable trees, shrubs and bushes in the enclosures to
provide the animals opportunities for climbing, swinging, feeding,
clawing, playing, rubbing the antlers, etc. Trees take substantial
time in growing to required sizes, during the interim period,
appropriately sized logs/ branches of trees could be used to meet
the behavioural needs of the animals. There should be provision
of alternative enclosures for the ungulates living in larger social
groups, bears and primates so that the animals could be shifted
from one enclosure to the other to facilitate recovery of vegetation.
(iv) Burrows/ dens could also be constructed to facilitate the animals
to hibernate or to take shelter during extreme weather conditions.
(v) Plant grass and reeds to provide cover area for the animals.
(vi) Fix mud pots, tree hollows, bamboo baskets to meet nesting and
egg laying by birds.
Remarks :
Use of nylon ropes, tyres, and swings should normally be avoided because
these do not add to the over all aesthetics and natural environment of the
enclosure. These should be used as last resort, when functional requirement
of animal can not be met with natural enrichment materials.
Schedule 4 (9)
Providing effective Stand off Barriers
Minimum height and distance of stand off barriers from the enclosure barriers
should be as follows :
102
S. Barrier type Height Distance from

No. the barrier
1. A long moated viewing barrier 75 cm 75 cm
2. A long chain-link barrier 75 cm 150 cm
Space between the stand off barriers and enclosure barriers shall be planted
with thorny evergreen hedges to safeguard against the visitors crossing the
stand off barriers.
Schedule 4 (10)
Appropriate educational signage
(i) Signage boards should be made of weather proof, durable, tough
and strong material which can last for reasonably long durations
and can be reused and repainted.
(ii) The signboards should be attractive but due care should be taken
to ensure that this should not obstruct animal viewing, legible
from reasonable distance and should highlight details about the
biology, behaviour, distribution and conservation status of the
species. Interesting informations like animal diet and longevity
should also be highlighted.
(iii) Signboards should not be loaded with too many informations.
Signboards should be understandable to a child/ average literate
person.
(iv) Appropriate graphic illustrations should be provided on sign
boards to explain ecological linkages, taxonomical relationships
and evolution of species.
(v) Signage should also provide information on the conservation
efforts being made in the country and the role being played by
zoos in this regard.
(vi) Signage should be designed in such a way that they catch the
attention of the visitors and the visitors are tempted to read them.
(vii) Negative signages like the animal being cattle lifter/ man
eater should not be displayed as these dilute the message of
conservation.
(viii) Signages should be monitored and evaluated regularly and
updated constantly.
103
(ix) Signages should be fixed at prominent places at such heights that

these can be read conveniently. Avoid fixing signages on trees
inside the animal enclosure or along the side of hedge planted
between the stand off barrier and the moat wall. Sign boards fixed
near the animal viewing line of visitors look quite attractive.
(x) Avoid use of gaudy colours for preparation of signage. Use such
colours that merge with animal exhibit environment.
Interpretation facilities
Animal - habitat relationship, population dynamics, animal adaptations,
animal evolution, ecological role of animals are some of the important areas
for interpretation. Interactive devices to get some feel of main strengths
of various species, history of animal management in zoos through obsolete
animal exhibits- may also interest the visitors.
Nature trails to educate the visitors on local species of fauna and flora in
well managed hedge and tree groves and water bodies can help in providing
the visitors insight to nature and generate empathy for wildlife. Recorded
commentary on different facts about animals in the vehicle used for different
safari’s can be excellent educational material. Deployment of trained zoo
guides for use of visitor groups shall be quite effective
Rule 10, Schedule 5 (1-10) Upkeep and healthcare of animals
Schedule 5 (1)
Viable groups of animal collection
(1) zoo operators should keep a close watch on the animals housed
in every enclosure and any animal that is unduly aggressive and
causing grievious injuries to other animals and its continuance at
the enclosure is risky to the life of other animals of the enclosure
shall be removed from the group/ herd at the earliest and taken to
isolation enclosures in off the display area and kept under close
observation.
(2) Efforts to reintroduce the animal in the original herd/ group,
alternative herd/ group should be made as soon as the animal has
mellowed down, taking adequate safety measures/ precautions.
Explanation Reproductive behaviour of various species should be
studied and understood thoroughly so that it is not confused with
104
aggressive behaviour and the animals separated, marring the

chances of future procreation of the species.
(3) zoo operators should ensure that the number of animals
housed in every enclosure is within the carrying capacity of the
enclosure. Wherever, it is found that the number of the animals
in the enclosure has exceeded the carrying capacity, measures
to shift the excessive animals to alternative enclosure should be
taken with due safeguards to ensure that the animals already
breeding shall not be removed from the original enclosures. For
this purpose, it is always preferable to move sub adult males and
females from the group/ herd.
Schedule 5 (2)
Quality of food for animals
(1) Feed supplied to animals should not only meet the nutritional
requirements but should also meet the functional need of animals.
(2) The feed should be hygienic and of high quality.
(3) Appropriate food supplements should be added in the animal
feeds to avoid nutritional deficiencies or specific needs.
(4) Larger cat should be provided meat with bones. Occasionally,
they should be allowed to feed on full carcasses, if feasible.
Pieces of liver should always be added to the meat supplied to the
carnivores.
(5) Ungulates should be provided with tree fodder, wherever feasible
in addition to other fodders. Salt licks should also be provided at
appropriate places in their enclosures.
Schedule 5 (3)
Placement and timing of feeding
(1) Mammalian species should be provided feed in the feeding cells/
feeding kraals on a sterile surface. However, the animals should
not be required to stay on a hard surface beyond the feeding time.
(2) Feed for the animals living in social groups should be sub divided
and placed at as many locations as necessary to safeguard
against weak and young animals remaining under nourished.
105
(3) For satisfying the behavioural instincts, the feed for bears and
primates could be hidden in log hollows, burrows, etc.
(4) Hidden scattered feed dispensation devices could be used
whereever necessary.
Timing of Feeding
(1) Larger animals which are fed only once a day should be provided
their full diet towards the closing hours of the zoo for the visitors.
(2) Intermittent feeding in small quantities could be done to manage
and keep the animals active.
Schedule 5 (4)
Feeding Cells and Kraals
(i) Every animal enclosure would be provided with feeding cells and
feeding kraals at the farthest point from the animal viewing area.
No animal would be provided feed in the main enclosure.
(ii) The design and size of the feeding cells and feeding kraals
should be such that these do not stand out and affect the natural
environment of the enclosure. To achieve this goal the feeding cell
should be constructed in depressed ground, whenever feasible, in
other cases feeding cells and kraals should be screened through
plantations of appropriate species.
(iii) All the feeding kraals should have pucca floors and should be
covered from the top. Approach to the service door of the feeding
kraal should not be through the main enclosure. These should
be serviced through a service gallery which is so designed that
adequate natural light and aeration is maintained in the gallery.
(iv) Animals should be in the feeding cells/ kraals/ indoor enclosures
only for such duration as it is absolutely necessary for ensuring
better health, physical comfort and security of the animal. The
number and the area of feeding kraals should be decided on the
basis of the number of animals housed in the enclosure.
Schedule 5 (6-9)
General behaviour and healthcare
Veterinary care/ treatment to any animal should be provided causing minimum
possible stress to it. With this objective, every enclosure should have inbuilt
106
facilities for restraining/ examining and treating the animal at the enclosure
itself. No animal should be shifted from its enclosure to the treatment ward in
the hospital/ isolation ward unless its continuance at the enclosure involves
risk of other animals being infected by the disease or the sick animal requires
intensive care/ supervision round the clock. The animal so removed from the
enclosure should be brought back to the enclosure and introduced in to its
social group/ herd as soon as it has recovered from the disease and is fit to
fend for itself in the group. Keeping the animals for long durations away from
the social group/ herd may lead to problems at the time of reintroduction of
the animal in the group/ herd.
Schedule 5 (10)
Record Keeping
Every zoo should have mechanism for recording of observations regarding
social, biological and reproductive behaviour and health status of zoo animals
including preventive and curative treatment provided, birth and care of young
ones, sicknesses and mortalities as per details given below:-
Keeper’s Diary
The Keepers/ In-charges of all sections or beats under the Animal Section of
a zoo should maintain keeper’s diary in the format as Annexed IV-A, giving
animal/ specie-wise details of all the important events and activities pertaining
to his section/ beat. The format should be in vernacular language and should
be available with the Keeper in the shape of printed ledger register with serial
numbered pages. There should be 2 pages with each serial number so that
one copy of the report also remains in ledger register after submission of the
second copy to the Incharge, Animal Section daily through his supervising
officer before submission the supervisor should also record own comment on
the Keeper’s Diary.
Daily Report
Curator (Animal)/ Incharge, Animal Section of zoo should compile the
important aspects of the reports submitted by the Keepers of the different
sections/ beats (Keepers diary) in the format as given in Annexure IV-B and
submit the same daily within two hours of opening of the zoo to the Director
through the Veterinary Officer. The Incharge, Animal Section; Veterinary
Officer and Director of the zoo shall record their observations/ comments in
the daily report and take the required action accordingly. Copy of the daily
report will go back to the Incharge, Animal Section the same day after the
107
biologist has made necessary entries into the Animal History Cards of the
animals/ species reported upon.
Animal History Cards

Animal history cards of each animal which is identifiable shall be maintained
by the Biologist (or the Education Officer as the case may be) in the format at
Annexure-IVC. The animal history cards shall be maintained as permanent
record. For the species where the individuals are not identifiable, the animal
history cards should also be maintained herd/ group/ species-wise giving
important events as a compendium of information for future use.
Studbook
Studbook of all the animals of endangered species including those born under
the planned conservation breeding programme shall be maintained in the
format at Annexure-IVD by the biologists of the zoos and National Studbook
Keepers of each identified species.
Treatment Card
Individual treatment card for each identifiable animal should be initiated and
maintained by the zoo veterinarian in the format at Annexure-IV E, giving
date-wise observations made and treatment given to the animal through out
its life. The treatment card shall always remain at the place where the animal
is housed/ kept. For the individuals which are not identifiable, the treatment
cards should also be initiated and maintained species wise. The copies of the
same should also be kept at the place where the individual is housed/ kept
along with other members of the species.
Remarks- The zoos should endeavor to acquire and become members of the
National/International Record Keeping System/softwares like International
Species Information System (ISIS)/Zoological Information Management
System (ZIMS) for scientific management of zoo populations.
Rule 10, Schedule 6 (1-6) Veterinary & infrastructure facilities:

Schedule 6 (4)
Tranquilization of animals in zoos
Tranquilization of zoo animals is a highly specialized procedure that requires
thorough knowledge about the chemistry and physiological effects of the
108
tranquilizing drugs on various species of animals, the reversibility of the

drug effect and the specific antidotes of the drug. The person taking up the
responsibility of tranquilizing any animal should also be fully conversant with
the health details, behaviour and the temperament of the animal. In view of
the facts stated above, tranquilization of zoo animals would not be resorted
to where the traditional methods of restraining the animal viz. squeeze cage,
luring the animal into a feeding cell/ appropriate sized cage are likely to yield
the desired results, without undue stress to the animals.
The circumstances under which urgent tranquilization become absolute

necessity are:
(i) Dangerous animals escaping from the enclosure
(ii) Capturing the animal which is posing threat to the life of some
other animals/ people
(iii) Carrying out surgical operations on seriously injured wounded
animals.
(iv) Close examination and treatment of sick animals.
The decision for tranquilization of such animals can be taken by the

veterinary officer/ animal curator of the zoo. The Director of the zoo shall
be kept informed on such decisions. The tranquilization team will be lead by
a person having adequate experience in tranquilization of animals and the
tranquilization shall be carried out under the direct supervision of a veterinary
doctor.
Planned tranquilization involving capture of animals for translocation,

collection of blood and semen for diagnostic purposes etc. shall be carried
out only after getting written permission of the Director of the zoo and subject
to such safeguards and conditions as may be prescribed by him.
The normal safeguards during the tranquilization shall be :
(1) Not more than one animal will be tranquilized at a time. Second animal
should be tranquilized only after the animal tranquilized earlier has fully
recovered.
(2) Tranquilization will be carried out by a team comprising of 3-4 persons.
Visitors and the other zoo staff, who are not involved in the operation,
should not be permitted to be present at the time of tranquilization.
109
(3) Tranquilization of any animal shall be done in a manner that the animal
is not unduly stressed by way of chasing and making noise.
(4) All precautions and safeguards given in the literature supplied with the
drugs should be followed.
(5) The physical parameters like body temperature, heart beat, muscle
reflexes, eyelid movement, and respiratory rates should be constantly
monitored till the animal has fully recovered. Necessary mitigative
measures would be taken as soon as some abnormalities in these
parameters are observed.
(6) It shall be ensured that the animal during the recovery phase is kept in
a position that the chances of arrest of heart beat and the saliva/ food
particles getting into lungs are totally ruled out.
(7) The animal shall be kept under close observation for at least 24 hours
after its revival.
(8) It is advisable to tranquilize the animal during the cooler parts of the day.
(9) In case the body temperature is high, the body should be covered with
wet cloth.
(10) The eyes should be covered to prevent exposure to bright light.
(11) Tranquilization should not be carried out in an area close to a water
body to prevent drowning of animal during tranquilization.
(12) Before tranquilization operation, the prescribed human antidote should
be loaded and kept with another person for immediate administration
when such need arises, due to the narcotic drugs contact with human
body.
Schedule 6 (6)
Linkages with eminent institutions/ organizations working in the field of
wild animal healthcare
All the recognized zoos in India have been provided with basic animal
healthcare facilities as per the category of the zoo and its animal collection.
This should suffice for day-to-day management of zoo and healthcare of the
animals kept there. The zoos have been asked not to acquire sophisticated
and costly diagnostic equipments unless there is adequate technical
manpower to operate and use the same.
Exact diagnosis of the cause of sickness in a zoo animal and providing it an
110
effective treatment is a very challenging task and no zoo can be self-sufficient

both in term of technical expertise and diagnostic investigation facilities
required for taking comprehensive healthcare of the large variety of animals
housed in the zoos. It is, therefore, incumbent upon every zoo to augment its
healthcare facilities by entering into agreement with local/ regional veterinary
university/ college/ large veterinary hospital capable of providing appropriate
scientific inputs for diagnosis of the diseases of sick animals and advice on the
proposed line of treatment of the disease as well as on preventive measures
to safe-guard against the recurrence of the disease. The above veterinary
institutions will be providing specialized services and diagnostic facilities to
the zoos for better healthcare of zoo animals. The Central Zoo Authority has
also agreed to provide some financial assistance for establishment of the
mechanism at the zoo/ local/ regional level.
The Central Zoo Authority has signed MoU with Indian Veterinary Research
Institute, Bareilly to act as National Referral Centre to provide super
specialized services and diagnostic facilities for better animal healthcare in
Indian zoos. In case the zoos feel that the agreement arrived by them with
the organization/ institutions within the region are not able to provide required
specialized healthcare, they can approach the National Referral Centre for (a)
getting baseline data on the health parameters of various species of animals
(b) micro biological, bio-chemical and pathological analysis of the samples
taken from live animals and histopathological and forensic examination of
tissues and organs of dead animals. The National Referral Centre shall not
normally be able to entertain requests for diagnosing and treating the cause
of sick animals of zoos/ regional referral centres except on a request by the
Central Zoo Authority to tackle the extra-ordinarily situation that cannot be
effectively handled by the regional referral centres.
Constitution of Health Advisory Committee: Despite their best efforts, the

Regional Referral Centres identified by the zoos can not help the zoos
on dealing with sick animals on day to day basis. For dealing with this
problem, every zoo should have a Health Advisory Committee comprising
of experienced veterinarians with a professor of veterinary college/ eminent
wildlife/ zoo veterinarian as its Chairman and the Senior Veterinary Officer of
the zoo as its coordinator. The Committee would advise the zoo on all matters
related with sanitation, hygiene, prophylactics, nutrition and management of
sick animals. The Committee may opt any other veterinarian or specialist as
and when required.
The Committee should be kept involved with the visits of the team of the
111
Regional Referral Centre to the zoo. It should also be taken into confidence
about the implementation of the advice rendered by the Regional Referral
Centre/ National Referral Centre on treatment and management of sick
animals. Zoo Director and the Curator (animal) should be actively involved in
the meetings of the Health Advisory Committee.
Organization of hands on training for zoo veterinarians
The Central Zoo Authority should facilitate the National Referral Centre to
have hands on training of the veterinarians posted/working with the zoos at
the place identified by the centre.
These trainings could be held on national or regional level with support from
the Central Zoo Authority.
Rule 10, Schedule 7 (1-4) Post-mortem and disposal

off carcasses of animals
Findings of the Post-mortem conducted as prescribed under Schedule 7 shall

be recorded in the format at Annexure-V. The report should be preserved
atleast for 6 years.
Rule 10, Schedule 8 (1) Euthanasia of a zoo animal
Decision to euthanize any animal shall be taken only on the basis of the
recommendations of the committee constituted for the purpose by the Chief
Wildlife Warden of the State on the recommendations from the Director of the
zoo to the effect that:-
(1) The animal is terminally ill and is in such state of agony and pain that it
is cruel to keep it alive.
(2) The animal is suffering from incurable diseases of infectious nature and
keeping the animal alive poses a serious threat to the health of other
animals at the zoo.
The Committee shall comprise of 2 veterinarians (inclusive of zoo

veterinarians) and a representative from the local Society of Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals.
Remarks :
Euthanising any zoo animal in contravention of these guidelines would
tantamount to illegal hunting under Section 9 of Wild Life (Protection) Act,
1972 read with Sub Section (16) a of Section 2 of the Act.
112
Rule 10, Schedule 9 (1-12) Acquisition and breeding of animals
Schedule 9 (1-5)
Exchange of animals
Central Zoo Authority shall grant approval for exchange of animals of
Schedule I and II subject to following norms and safeguards :
(i) All the exchange proposals for zoo animals shall be decided on
the basis of information available in the studbooks about the
pedigree of the animal and its likely contribution in maintaining
the hetrogygosity level of the species in the breeding programme.
The order of priority for allocating the animals under the planned
coordinated conservation breeding programme shall be as
follows:
i. Coordinating zoo
ii. Participating Indian zoo
iii. Participating foreign zoo
iv. Other Indian zoos having appropriate upkeep and
healthcare facilities and required technical expertise.
(ii) Exchange proposals for the species which are not candidate for
planned breeding programme shall also be approved having due
regard to strengthening of the breeding gene pool for the planned
breeding programmes.
(iii) Gift of animals to zoos outside the country shall also be made
having due regard to the interests of conservation breeding and
long term conservation of wildlife.
(iv) The zoos having single male/ unpaired male should spare the
same to provide mates to unpaired females housed at other zoos
as directed by the Central Zoo Authority. The recipient zoo shall
bear the cost of crating and transportation of the animals.
(v) The Central Zoo Authority while approving other exchange
proposals shall give preference to such zoos who are complying
with the conditions stipulated at the time of grant of recognition
and the provision of Recognition of Zoo Rules, and having housing
and upkeep facilities and the climate congenial for the long term
survival of the animals proposed to be acquired by the zoo.
113
The detailed guidelines in this regard are as in Annexure – VI A. The format in

which the proposals for exchange of animals are to be submitted by the zoos
to the Central Zoo Authority is at Annexure VI B.
The detailed guidelines for transport of captive animals from one place to
another are at Annexure – VI C.
Schedule 9 (6-8)
Conservation Breeding
Conservation breeding of identified endangered species shall be taken up in
India and the Central Zoo Authority shall coordinate conservation breeding
programmes of identified critically endangered species in Indian Zoos at
national level with following objectives:
(i) Developing physically, genetically and behaviourally viable
populations of healthy animals of identified species for the
purpose of display in zoos.
(ii) Developing physically, genetically and behaviourally viable
populations of healthy animals to act as insurance and raise stock
for rehabilitating them in wild as and when it is appropriate and
desirable.
2. The breeding should be planned in such a manner that the animals

bred as part of the conservation breeding programme should not have
less than desirable heterozygosity (genetic variation) level in the 10th
generation.
3. The conservation breeding programme should preferably start with

minimum 6 and preferably 20 founders, which are unrelated and have
high heterozygosity. The founders should preferably be of wild origin
or of known lineage. Where on account of restricted availability it is
not possible to have 25 founders, the programme could be started with
fewer animals. Additional founders could be added to the programme in
subsequent years, as and when available.
4. For retaining maximum possible heterozygosity, it should be ensured

that all founder animals should be represented in each generation
equally and no interbreeding is permitted among the progeny of
same founder. This would require that each animal born as part of the
programme is appropriately marked and sent to the identified zoo for
breeding with the progeny of the other founders.
114
It should be ensured throughout the breeding programme that all the

founders are equally represented in the progeny. Surplus or spillover
stock can be used for display purposes or released into wild on pilot
project basis to develop necessary expertise on reintroduction of
animals into the wild.
5. Since loss of heterozygosity with each generation is inevitable, it is

important that the target effective population is reached in minimum
possible generation. This would necessitate that reproductive potential
of every animal in the programme is fully utilized and no founder animal
remain unproductive.
Remarks: The effective population size is dependent on the number of males

and females, available for breeding purposes. The thumb rule for determining
the effective population size is:–
Effective population size = 4 (M X F)/ (M + F)

M= Male and F= Female
Consultation with National Referral Centre and Laboratory for Conservation
of Endangered Species (LaCONES)
For initiating the conservation breeding programme, each founder animal

should be thoroughly screened for its physical health, preferably under the
supervision of the National Referral Centre. Appropriate disease prevention
safe-guards shall be drawn and strictly complied with.
For genetic health analysis and for reproduction potential evaluation, help
of LaCONES shall be taken before induction of any founder animal into the
breeding programme. The National Referral Centre as well as LaCONES
should continuously be kept involved into the breeding programme. In case
of breeding failure detailed reproductive examination could be conducted and
if necessary assisted reproduction methods could be used.
Marking of the animals

Every animal which is part of the Conservation Breeding Programme shall
be given an identification number and the same would be marked on it in a
manner that it remains permanently on the body of the animal. The details
guidelines are annexed at Annexure VII.
115
Record keeping
Individual animal history card for each animal would be maintained giving
details of pedigree, date of birth, identification mark, studbook number in the
format prescribed by the Central Zoo Authority. Zoos having the individuals
which are part of the breeding programme will report every birth and death
of the animal to the National Studbook Keeper and the Central Zoo Authority
within 24 hours of the same. The National Studbook Keeper shall give national
studbook number to each individual under the programme. The National
Studbook Keeper (coordinating zoo) of the species would act as the species
coordinator and would issue guidance to the respective zoos regarding the
destination each animal is to be sent i.e. for purposes of breeding or display.
The species coordinator would also decide as to when particular animal is to
be taken out of the breeding programme. The Central Zoo Authority would
also be consulted regularly while making decisions mentioned above.
The National Studbook Keepers (Species Co-coordinators) of the species

identified to be part of Global Species Management Plan (GSMP) of the World
Association of Zoos & Aquariums (WAZA branding) shall be touch with the
International Studbook Keeper of the species and arrange for International
Studbook Numbers of the identified individual animals and exchange of other
scientific details. National Studbook Keeper will be the link between the
concerned zoo and International Studbook Keeper of the species.
Price Tags
No zoo will ask for any costs/ animals in exchange for sending any animal
for the programme to the other zoos in compliance of the direction of the
Central Zoo Authority on the basis of National Studbook Keeper’s/ Species
Coordinator’s recommendation.
Schedule 9 (9)
Population Control Measures
The zoo operator should ensure that the number of each species housed in
the zoo remains within the limit stipulated in the collection plans of the zoo
and the carrying capacity of the housing facilities available with the zoo.
In the interest of operational efficiency, better management and optimal

utilization of resources, number of animals of various species housed in the
zoo should not exceed the number indicated below :
116
Category of Optimum number of animals to be

zoo housed in a zoo
Tiger Leopard Bear Ungulates/Herbivores
of each species
Large 10 10 10 20
Medium 6 6 6 12
Small 4 4 4 10
Schedule 9 (10)
Safeguards against animals escaping from the animal enclosures/ zoo
(1) The perimeter wall/ fence of the zoo/ enclosure barriers should be
inspected regularly for identifying the weak points/ likely breaches/
unnoticed designing defects which could be used by the animals to
escape from the enclosure/ zoo and getting the same rectified and
repaired on top priority.
(2) The trees standing close to the barrier/ perimeter wall should be
regularly pruned and lopped as may be necessary to prevent escape of
animals from the enclosure/ zoo.
(3) Pieces of logs, poles that can be used by animals as aid to escape
should not be allowed to remain lying in the enclosure.
(4) Round the clock security should be maintained to prevent the intruders
entering the zoo and damaging the enclosure barriers, harm the animals
in zoo and damage/ steal other valuable property.
Schedule 9 (11-12)
Release of zoo animals into the wild
Release of genetically, biologically and behaviourally viable zoo bred animals
in an objective and planned manner in accordance with a well conceived
guidelines is an important tool for conservation of wildlife. However, unplanned
release of zoo bred animals of unknown pedigree and genetic make up and
poor health status often lead to disastrous consequences. In this background
strict adherence to the guidelines while releasing any zoo bred/ captive bred
animals into the wild is crucial.
117
Objectives of release of zoo bred/ captive bred animals into the wild
1. Augmenting the depleting number of endangered species in any
ecosystem.
2. Reintroducing the species in an area which was part of its historical
range, from which the species has disappeared or become extinct due
to various factors.
3. Introduction of the species in areas outside its recorded range of
distribution, in the habitat that have the potential to hold and support the
species on a sustained basis without becoming a vermin/ pest.
4. Experimental releases for developing expertise in rehabilitating the zoo
bred/ captive bred animals in the wild and preparing detailed protocol
for planned release of the species for any of above objectives.
Pre-requisites for a successful release programme

1. Capacity of wildlife habitat at the release sight to accommodate and
support the released animals and their progeny on a sustained basis,
without adversely impacting the population of other species inhabiting
the area.
2. Capacity of the animals that are being released to adopt itself in the wild
and fend itself successfully.
3. Mitigation/ redressal of the factors that have been responsible for the
decline in the size of the in-situ population of the species/ extinction of
the species from the area.
4. Release of the animals not posing/ having a potential to pose any
physical or health hazard to the local human population and their live-
stock.
5. Acceptability of the release programme to the local population.
6. Availability of trained and dedicated man power to execute the
preparatory phase, carrying out planned and successful release and
conducting post release monitoring of the released animals.
7. Commitment of the Government to support the programme and provide
finances and other resources on a sustained basis for various phases
of the release programme.
118
Strategy for successful release of zoo bred/ captive bred animals in the wild
A. Preparatory phase
I. Biological
(i) Assessment of taxanomic status of the animals earmarked for the
release and ensuring that they pertain to the same species/race
that is naturally occurring/ occurred in the area.
(ii) Assessment of the critical needs of the species to be released
including habitat preferences, intra specific variations and
adaptations to the local ecological conditions, social behaviour
and group dynamics, home range shelter and food requirements,
foraging and feeding behaviour, predators and diseases etc. Over
all to have and analyse a firm knowledge of the natural history of
the species to be released.
(iii) Species if any, that has filled in the void created by the extinction of
the species from the area and effect of the release on the status of
the population of that species.
(iv) Determining the optimal number of animals that can be released
each year and most appropriate period for the release.
(v) Evaluation of previous releases of the species and identification
of the problems, mitigation of which is crucial, and priority areas
which need to be attended for making the release successful.
II. Choice of the release site

(i) The site of release should have an habitat that has all the
biological attribute necessary for sustained survival of the
released animals and their progeny and have adequate carrying
capacity to accommodate the released animals and their progeny.
As a rule no releases of zoo bred/captive animals should be done
in adequately stocked habitat.
(ii) The area of release should have assured long term protection
against all the factors that can inhibit the future propogation and
healthy growth of the population of species released.
III. Suitability of the stock for release
(i) Animals for release in the wild should be drawn out from the
planned conservation breeding programme being carried out
under the supervision of the Central Zoo Authority.
119
(ii) Animals selected for the release should be thoroughly screened

for their biological, behavioural and genetic health in accordance
with protocol development by the National Referral Centre and
LaCONES. No animal that is found lacking in any of the prescribed
standards should be selected for release.
Release of the zoo bred/ captive bred animals in the wild

The animals earmarked for the release should be initially shifted to facility
specially created near the release site which has all the attributes of the
wildlife habitat in which the animals are to be released to give them time and
opportunity to acquire necessary information and skills to survive in the wild,
through training, through experts if so required. They should be released in the
wild when their behaviour becomes comparable with their wild counterpart.
Socio-economic-Legal Requirements
(i) Socio-Economic studies should be made to assess the impacts,
costs and benefits of the proposed release to the local population.
(ii) Thorough assessment of the attitude of the local people to the
proposed release project should be made and their apprehension
if any, should be properly redressed. No release of animals in wild
should be made in the wild against the wishes of the local people.
(iii) Public awareness programme about the benefits of proposed
release should be made both through print media and electronic
media.
General
(i) The execution of all the phases of the release programme should
be carried out under the supervision of multi disciplinary team of
experts.
(ii) Long term and short term indicators for quantifying the success of
the release programme should be identified.
(iii) Detailed programme for all the phases of the release should be
developed so that each stage can be meticulously implemented in
planned and scientific manner.
(iv) Necessary vaccinations against local endemic and epidemic
diseases should be given to all the livestock that is likely to share
the habitat with the released species.
(v) Transport plan for the animals should be so prepared and
executed that no mortalities take place during the transport.
120
(vi) Appropriate orientation and training programmes should be

organized for all the persons involved in the release programme.
Post release activities

(i) Continued demographic, ecological and behavioural studies on
released animals should be done both through direct (telemetry/
monitoring of movements) and indirect methods (information
provided by local people).
(ii) Status of adaptation of the animal in the wild should be regularly
assessed and desired interventions should be made wherever
necessary. Released animals should be retrieved and brought
back to the captive facilities in case the intervention do not
succeed despite all efforts.
(iii) Habitat protection/restoration and enrichment should be done
wherever necessary.
(iv) Continued evaluation of the success of the programme with
reference to identified parameters and results should be published
in scientific journals/ popular literature.
Rule 10, Schedule 10 Research Activities

1. Every zoo shall make arrangement for recording in writing, the detailed
observations about the biological behaviour, population dynamics and
veterinary care of the animals exhibited, so that a detailed database
could be developed. The database shall be exchanged with other zoos
as well as with Central Zoo Authority.
2. Every zoo shall make arrangements for meticulous recording of the
physical activity of the animals viz. infighting, inter group responses,
feeding, mating and reproductive behaviour. Detailed record of the
health of the young ones including congenital abnormalities and
mortalities shall also be kept. The data so collected shall be shared with
identified institutions for detailed analysis and evolving the strategies
for increasing the longevity, maintaining the genetic and behavioural
viability and enhancing the reproductive potential of endangered
species housed in zoos.
3. The data regarding the healthcare and nutrition provided to the animals
shall also be regularly monitored and collated for assessing the quality
of life being provided to the zoo animals. Data regarding the quantity of
121
feed consumed by the animals shall also be compiled. The aforesaid

data shall be shared with National Referral Centre as per the direction
of the Central Zoo Authority for improving the veterinary protocols and
developing new feeding schedules.
4. The zoos shall also endeavour to compile the data regarding the efficacy
of the drugs and vaccines administered to the animals and share it with
the National Referral Centre and other eminent institutions working in
the field to get their inputs regarding more effective drugs and vaccines.
5. The zoo shall continue to endeavour for identifying the efficacious
and easily implementable methods for controlling the population of
prolifically breeding species such as putting implants and hormone
therapy and use of other suitable methods.
6. Each zoo shall endeavour to keep a detailed record of the effectiveness
of the animal enclosures in providing the animal’s desired quality of life
and the satisfaction provided to the visitors in getting unobstructed view
of the animals. The observations made by visitors in this regard should
also be compiled. The data so collected shall be analysed and made
available to the Central zoo Authority for upgrading the designs of the
enclosures.
7. Every zoo shall also keep the record of the quantity of water, electricity
and other sources of energy being utilized in upkeep and maintenance
of the animals of various species. The data shall also be shared with the
Central Zoo Authority to enable them to evolve a strategy for optimum
utilization of resources.
8. All zoo personnel shall endeavor to publish their scientific observations
on different aspects of zoo/animal management in the relevant local/
national/ international journals and periodicals for disceminaion and
upgradation of existing knowledge on ex-situ conservation techniques.
Small Grant Fellowships - for initiating Research Activities at zoo Level

Due to lack of technical personnel in zoos and there has not been much
progress towards basic and applied research in the field of ex-situ
conservation and scientific management of animals. Though lot of scientific
information is available with the zoos, yet this is not being utilized properly
due to lack of proper analysis and inference. There are many issues which
can be addressed locally at the zoo level, provided proper scientific/technical
help are provided to the zoos, so that they can meet the desired objectives of
122
complementing the in-situ conservation efforts as enshrined in the National

Zoo Policy.
The Central Zoo Authority provides grant for local need based zoo research
projects in the field of ex-situ conservation and scientific management of
animals in Indian zoos. The zoos may appoint fresh post graduates of the
field of wildlife science, veterinary science, zoology and botany to work in
project mode on the identified areas of research.
The Ministry of Environment & Forests also gives fellowships for carrying out
research on wildlife namely Salim Ali fellowship for carrying out studies on
birds and Kailash Sankhala Award for carrying out studies on wild animals.
The zoos should encourage their staff to take advantage of these schemes,
and carryout research on ex-situ conservation of wildlife.
Detailed proforma for applying for Small Grant Fellowship is placed at

Annexure - VIII
Rule 11 Maintenance of Records & Submission of Inventory

Every zoo shall maintain an inventory register for all the animals in stock.
Separate set of pages should be assigned to different animal species. Any
change in number by acquisition, birth, death or disposal should immediately
be made in the inventory register. Annual and quarterly inventory reports of
the animals in the zoo as prescribed shall be submitted to the Central Zoo
Authority in the formats given at Annexure IX.
*****
123
6
Guidelines for establishment

of new zoo under Section
38H (1A) of the Wild Life
(Protection) Act, 1972
6. Guidelines for establishment of new zoo under
Section 38H (1A) of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
The Justification for continuance of existing zoos and establishment of new

zoos lies in their capacity to develop self-sustaining and genetically and
behaviourally viable populations of animals pertaining to endangered species
in the wild, for use as gene pool to be used for long-term conservation of
these species and to muster support of the zoo visitors in the national efforts
for conservation of wildlife. It is well established that the potential of the zoos
to discharge the expected role as mentioned above is directly linked to the
presence of dedicated scientific staff that has the requisite skills in various
aspects of planning and management and the availability of resources
necessary for maintaining the highest standards of animal housing, display,
upkeep and healthcare of the animals housed their in. With a view to
provide the desired direction and thrust to zoos of the country, the Central
Government has through amendment of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
and notification of Recognition of Zoo Rules prescribed minimum standards
and norms for housing , upkeep and healthcare of animals housed in the
zoos and set up a Central Zoo Authority to oversee the operation of the zoos
in the country and to provide technical and other assistance to the zoos for
achieving the prescribed standards and norms for animal housing, upkeep
and healthcare. However, the endeavour of the Central Government to bring
a qualitative improvement in the management has not yielded the desired
results because of the fact that most of the zoo operators still continue to
perceive zoos as adhoc animal collections maintained for public recreation.
There is little awareness among the general public about the role of zoos as
centres for conservation of wildlife. As a result, requisite technical manpower
and necessary equipments for carrying out the management of the zoos in
a planned and scientific manner are not made available. Many times getting
adequate feed for the animals and providing proper upkeep and healthcare
also becomes a challenging task on account of serious resource constraints
being faced by the zoos. Such unplanned and sub-standard zoos are not only
counter productive to the cause of conservation but also paints a very poor
image of the zoos of the country.
Surprisingly proposals for establishment of new zoos continue to be

developed taking little care to ensure adequate inputs for proper planning,
zoo designing, construction and operation of the zoo, often leading to further
impoverishment of the existing zoos.
127
Being concerned with the state of management of zoos in the country Hon’ble
Supreme Court of India, vide their order dated 27.11.2000, have directed that
the State Governments and Union Territories shall not set up any new zoo
without getting approval of Central Zoo Authority and order of the Hon’ble
Supreme Court. A provision has also been made by the Central Government
in the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to the effect that no new zoo shall be
established without prior approval of the Central Zoo Authority.
The Central Government hereby makes following guidelines for grant of

approval by the Central Zoo Authority for establishment of new zoos:-
1. Central Zoo Authority shall not entertain any proposal for
establishment of a new zoo unless it is accompanied by a “Detailed
Project Report” giving detailed appraisal of the proposed zoo
site, ‘mission-vision-theme’ of the zoo and detailed strategy for
housing, upkeep and healthcare of the animals and their display
for developing amongst visitors an empathy for wild animals and
motivation for supporting the national conservation efforts.
2. Central Zoo Authority shall not grant approval for a new zoo
unless it is satisfied that the establishment of the zoo shall be
instrumental in:-
(i) Providing highest standards of housing, upkeep and
healthcare to significant number of animals, presently
housed in sub-standard and inappropriately managed zoos.
(ii) Carrying out of path breaking research for developing
innovative strategy for enhancing the reproductive
potential, neonatal care and genetic and behavioural
management of endangered species of wildlife.
(iii) Setting up of state of art facility on use of innovative
methods of display of zoo animals that is congenial to
the welfare of the animals and motivates the visitors for
conservation.
3. Central Zoo Authority before granting approval for establishment
of a new zoo shall satisfy itself:-
(i) that zoo site has adequate land of appropriate quality (free
of all incumbrances, water logging, sewage and storm
water drains) is available for construction of the zoo and for
raising tree belts of adequate width to act as buffer against
noise pollution and air pollution.
128
Guidelines for establishment of new zoo under Section 38H (1A)
(ii) project proponents have requisite availability of water,

energy and finances on-sustained basis for construction
and operation of the zoo, including payment of salary/
emoluments of technical personnel, to be required as per
the provision of Recognition of Zoo Rules.
(iii) There is likelihood of part of operation cost of the zoo being
met through revenue earned by the zoo.
(iv) Requisite numbers of qualified and experienced persons
are available for preparing the detailed plan of the zoo and
its effective execution.
(v) No animals from wild are proposed to be acquired for
display purposes.
4. Central Zoo Authority while examining any proposal of the State

Government/ Union territories for establishment of a new zoo and
recommending such cases to the Hon’ble Supreme Court shall
satisfy itself on following additional points:-
(i) State Government/ Union Territory has made adequate
provisions in its budget to meet the operational costs of
all the existing zoos being operated by it, including the
salary of zoo personnel as per standards and norms
prescribed under “Recognition of Zoo Rules” and all the
posts sanctioned in the budget have been duly filled.
(ii) All the conditions stipulated by the Central Zoo Authority at
the time of grant of recognition to the zoos being operated
by the State Government/ Union Territories have been fully
complied with.
(iii) All the zoos operated by the State Government/ Union
Territories, that have been refused recognition have
stopped their operations and the animals housed therein
have been rehabilitated appropriately.
(iv) No resources and professional experts from existing zoos
are being re-appropriated for establishment of the new
zoo.
No permission to establish a new zoo shall be granted by the Central Zoo
Authority unless all the conditions stipulated in para 2, 3 & 4 have been fully
satisfied.
129
Guidelines for grant of approval by the Central Zoo Authority for establishment
of new zoo under section 38H (1A) of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
The Justification for continuance of existing zoos and establishment of new

zoos lies in their capacity to develop self-sustaining and genetically and
behaviourally viable populations of animals pertaining to endangered species
in the wild, for use as gene pool to be used for long-term conservation of
these species and to muster support of the zoo visitors in the national efforts
for conservation of wildlife. It is well established that the potential of the zoos
to discharge the expected role as mentioned above is directly linked to the
presence of dedicated scientific staff that has the requisite skills in various
aspects of planning and management and the availability of resources
necessary for maintaining the highest standards of animal housing, display,
upkeep and healthcare of the animals housed their in. With a view to
provide the desired direction and thrust to zoos of the country, the Central
Government has through amendment of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
and notification of Recognition of Zoo Rules prescribed minimum standards
and norms for housing , upkeep and healthcare of animals housed in the
zoos and set up a Central Zoo Authority to oversee the operation of the zoos
in the country and to provide technical and other assistance to the zoos for
achieving the prescribed standards and norms for animal housing, upkeep
and healthcare. However, the endeavour of the Central Government to bring
a qualitative improvement in the management has not yielded the desired
results because of the fact that most of the zoo operators still continue to
perceive zoos as adhoc animal collections maintained for public recreation.
There is little awareness among the general public about the role of zoos as
centres for conservation of wildlife. As a result, requisite technical manpower
and necessary equipments for carrying out the management of the zoos in
a planned and scientific manner are not made available. Many times getting
adequate feed for the animals and providing proper upkeep and healthcare
also becomes a challenging task on account of serious resource constraints
being faced by the zoos. Such unplanned and sub-standard zoos are not only
counter productive to the cause of conservation but also paints a very poor
image of the zoos of the country.
Surprisingly proposals for establishment of new zoos continue to be

developed taking little care to ensure adequate inputs for proper planning,
zoo designing, construction and operation of the zoo, often leading to further
impoverishment of the existing zoos.
Being concerned with the state of management of zoos in the country Hon’ble
130
Guidelines for establishment of new zoo under Section 38H (1A)
Supreme Court of India, vide their order dated 27.11.2000, have directed that
the State Governments and Union Territories shall not set up any new zoo
without getting approval of Central Zoo Authority and order of the Hon’ble
Supreme Court. A provision has also been made by the Central Government
in the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to the effect that no new zoo shall be
established without prior approval of the Central Zoo Authority.
The Central Government hereby makes following guidelines for grant of

approval by the Central Zoo Authority for establishment of new zoos:-
1. Central Zoo Authority shall not entertain any proposal for
establishment of a new zoo unless it is accompanied by a “Detailed
Project Report” giving detailed appraisal of the proposed zoo
site, ‘mission-vision-theme’ of the zoo and detailed strategy for
housing, upkeep and healthcare of the animals and their display
for developing amongst visitors an empathy for wild animals and
motivation for supporting the national conservation efforts.
2. Central Zoo Authority shall not grant approval for a new zoo
unless it is satisfied that the establishment of the zoo shall be
instrumental in:-
(i) Providing highest standards of housing, upkeep and
healthcare to significant number of animals, presently
housed in sub-standard and inappropriately managed
zoos.
(ii) Carrying out of path breaking research for developing
innovative strategy for enhancing the reproductive
potential, neonatal care and genetic and behavioural
management of endangered species of wildlife.
(iii) Setting up of state of art facility on use of innovative
methods of display of zoo animals that is congenial to
the welfare of the animals and motivates the visitors for
conservation.
3. Central Zoo Authority before granting approval for establishment
of a new zoo shall satisfy itself:-
(i) that zoo site has adequate land of appropriate quality (free
of all incumbrances, water logging, sewage and storm
water drains) is available for construction of the zoo and for
raising tree belts of adequate width to act as buffer against
noise pollution and air pollution.
131
(ii) project proponents have requisite availability of water,

energy and finances on-sustained basis for construction
and operation of the zoo, including payment of salary/
emoluments of technical personnel, to be required as per
the provision of Recognition of Zoo Rules.
(iii) There is likelihood of part of operation cost of the zoo being
met through revenue earned by the zoo.
(iv) Requisite numbers of qualified and experienced persons
are available for preparing the detailed plan of the zoo and
its effective execution.
(v) No animals from wild are proposed to be acquired for
display purposes.
4. Central Zoo Authority while examining any proposal of the State

Government/ Union territories for establishment of a new zoo and
recommending such cases to the Hon’ble Supreme Court shall
satisfy itself on following additional points:-
(i) State Government/ Union Territory has made adequate
provisions in its budget to meet the operational costs of
all the existing zoos being operated by it, including the
salary of zoo personnel as per standards and norms
prescribed under “Recognition of Zoo Rules” and all the
posts sanctioned in the budget have been duly filled.
(ii) All the conditions stipulated by the Central Zoo Authority at
the time of grant of recognition to the zoos being operated
by the State Government/ Union Territories have been fully
complied with.
(iii) All the zoos operated by the State Government/Union
Territories, that have been refused recognition have
stopped their operations and the animals housed therein
have been rehabilitated appropriately.
(iv) No resources and professional experts from existing zoos
are being re-appropriated for establishment of the new
zoo.
No permission to establish a new zoo shall be granted by the Central Zoo

Authority unless all the conditions stipulated in para 2, 3 & 4 have been fully
satisfied.
*****
132
7
Guidelines
Guidelines for Preparation of Master Plan for long term development of zoos
7 (a) (i) Guidelines for Preparation of Master Plan

for long term development of zoos
Master plan of a zoo should be a comprehensive document giving a detailed

road map for 20 years with a provision of review every 10 years regarding
development, improvement and upgradation of the facilities and infrastructure
available at the zoo and building up of the capacity for carrying out all the
operations forming part of the zoo management with greater efficiency. The
development of the master plan of a zoo involves following steps:-
(i) Define the mission, vision and the conservation message of the
zoo through a detailed process of consultation.
(ii) Thoroughly inventorise and evaluate the existing infrastructure,
facilities, resources and services available at the zoo and analyse
the same to identify the areas of strength and weaknesses in
order of priority.
(iii) Draft a development brief and identify the priority needs and
development project imperatives to address these needs.
(iv) Use of the project imperatives for developing an implementable
action plan along with estimated costs. Try to match the so
developed action plan and the projected costs with the available
resources and if necessary keep on repeating the process till
optimal relationship among all the components of the master
plan i.e. a happy marriage between the needs, opportunities,
constraints, risks and rewards is achieved. The concept finally
selected along with summary of other studies listed above should
be submitted to the zoo operator and the Central Zoo Authority for
their concurrence and approval.
(v) Once the concept plan is approved by the concerned authorities a
comprehensive master plan for the zoo should be developed in the
prescribed format annexed at Annexure – I to these guidelines.
Priority areas to be given special attention during preparation of the

master plan
1. Achieve the highest standards of housing and upkeep for zoo animals
with a view to establish self sustaining populations of genetically
and behaviouraly viable animals adopting latest skills of behavioural
enrichment and genetic management.
2. Planned breeding of endangered species through provision of off
135
the exhibit breeding enclosures of requisite specification in adequate

number to accommodate the viable breeding population of endangered
species.
3. Availability of requisite expertise for upkeep and healthcare of the
animals of concerned species for its long-term survival.
4. Thematic display of animals in nature emersing exhibits equipped
with feeding and housing facilities congenial to the species specific
behaviour of the animals housed therein.
5. To assess the carrying capacity of the zoo in respect of visitors
having due regard to space availability and the welfare of the animals
particularly the impact through noise pollution and physical disturbance
by visitors and thereby appropriate measures to limit the number of
visitors within the carrying capacity.
6. Planning the visitor circulation in the zoo in such a manner that the
visitors get unobstructed view of wild animals in a pollution free and
natural environment.
7. Development of appropriate signages and interpretation facilities that
can help the visitors in understanding the ecological linkages of nature
and developing an empathy for wildlife.
8. Efficient waste disposal system and sanitation practices for maintaining
hygienic and clean environment in the zoo.
9. Design and maintain appropriate public facilities and civic amenities
upto the desired standards.
10. Develop elaborate and effective management plans to deal with
unforeseen contingencies and natural disasters and high influx of
visitors on particular days.
Tools for preparation and effective implementation of master plan

(a) Identification of the mission for the zoo
Under the Indian conditions the appropriate mission for the zoo could
be:-
I. Compliment the national efforts in conservation of wildlife through
planned coordinated conservation breeding of endangered wild
animal species of the region.
136
II. Develop amongst visitors an empathy for wild animals and

motivate them to support the cause of conservation of wildlife.
III. Develop amongst the visitors an understanding about the
ecological linkages with the life supporting processes of nature
and the need for keeping them intact by adopting sustainable life
styles and living in harmony with nature.
IV. Enhancing the role of zoos in conservation of wildlife through
collaborative research aiming at attaining management skills for
in-situ population and carrying out advocacy for protecting the wild
animals and their natural habitats.
V. To act as Rescue Centre by receiving and keeping orphaned, seized,
rescued, injured wild animals subject to availability of appropriate
housing for the same.
(b) Identification of the vision for the zoo

Public should view the zoos as:-
I. Scientific institutions engaged in animal welfare and conservation of
wildlife
II. Centres of knowledge on effective techniques for maintaining healthy
ambience and pollution free environment.
(c) Conservation Message to be imparted to the zoo visitors
I. Work for conservation of wildlife and its habitat.
II. Adopt sustainable life styles and live in harmony with nature.
III. Contain the consumptive use of natural resources with in sustainable
limits through reuse, recycling and refusal.
Thematic display of animals

Grouping or sequencing the animal displays for achieving any or more than
one of the following objectives leads to thematic display of animals:-
I. Facilitate the visitors to understand the biology and behaviour of the
species displayed.
II. Facilitate the visitors to understand the geographical habitat range of
various species and the linkages between the long-term survival of the
species with conservation of their natural habitat.
137
III. Highlight the mythological and cultural significance of various species of

wild animals.
IV. Apprise the visitors of the composite and complex nature of different
ecosystems.
V. Provide the visitors an absorbing and rewarding experience at the zoo.
The themes generally adopted are:

1. Traditional Themes:-
(a) zoo-geographic – Continent wise or region wise
display
(b) Taxanomic – Class, family and genera wise
display
(c) Behavioural – Nocturnal, aquatic, burrowing,
arboreal
(d) Mixture of the – Based on popularity
above
2. Recent Concepts ---

Simulation/ replication of in-situ sites e.g. Chilka lake, Annamallai hills,
Western Ghats, Aravalli Hills, Kanha meadow, Sunderban wetlands, Indian
deserts, Gir forests, Shiwalik Foothills, etc.
Bio-geographic grouping - High mountain fauna, riverine
fauna, Mangrove fauna etc.
Eco-system display - Nilgiri fauna, Desert fauna,

Wetland fauna, etc.
Replication of in-situ site and eco-system display require greater technological

expertise and involves high costs but are more aesthetic and absorbing. Zoo-
geographic and taxonomic displays are easier to implement but often fail due
to non availability of animals to replenish the dead animals stock.
Adoption of a particular theme should be done taking into consideration the

available space, species held in collection of the individual zoo/ possibility
of procurement from other zoos and the financial resources and technical
138
expertise available with the zoo. Having adopted a particular theme, zoo
should strictly follow it. Any deviations from the theme would result in
paranoic displays sending wrong conservation message and convert the zoo
into a unplanned wild animal display facility.
Adopting themes based on local/ regional animals suited to the local climate
have greater chances of success. Highly endangered species should
normally not be made part of thematic displays.
Under the present state of management of zoos taxonomic displays with few
specialized display on bio-geographic/ ecosystem themes shall be a practical
approach.
Visitor circulation plan

Traditionally the zoos have extensive network of roads. As all the roads are
inter connected, there is every likelihood of the visitors getting disoriented
and moving haphazardly in all directions. It is desirable that the zoo should
have only one main approach road to take the visitors to the zoo animal
display areas. The main road should be connected to various animal exhibits
with loop roads and subloop roads of lesser width and specifications on the
basis of hierarchy (importance) assigned to each road. The loop roads and
subloop roads should intersect the main road at prominent junction points,
where appropriate signage indicating the directions of prominent animal
exhibits and visitor facilities should be available.
Due safeguards should be taken so that visitor road does not pass through
the area adjoining the animal feeding cells, feeding kraals, animal service
areas, service road and off the exhibit areas.
If required, zoo could fix different timings for visitors viewing specific animal
facilities.
All civic amenities and visitor facilities should preferably be located by the
side of main road only.
Animal collection plan

Every zoo shall take a strategic review of the species of animals and their
number to be housed in the zoo for preparation of appropriate animal
collection plan, with reference to:-
139
(a) Space available to each species/ animal and the space actually required
for housing all the animals of all the species held in its stock, as per
prescribed norms.
(b) Past and present performance of the zoo in upkeep, healthcare
including the congeniality of the local climate for upkeep of the species.
(c) Records of births and deaths of the animals of each species and the
survival of the young ones.
(d) Cost of upkeep and healthcare of each species.
(e) Adopted theme of the zoo and the relevance of the species in the
thematic display.
(f) Species identified for planned conservation breeding by the zoo.
(g) Species with surplus number of animals which are available with other
zoos.
Following should be the guiding principles for finalizing the collection plans for
different categories of zoos in Indian conditions
I. Large Zoo (National Collection)

Wild animal species of the area/ locality/ ecosystem the zoo is part of
(around 30% of the total species displayed); representative wild animal
species of region (North, South, West, Central, East or North-east) the zoo
is part of depending upon suitability to the climatic condition (around 30%),
representative wild animal species of the nation which are comfortable in the
climate of the zoo (around 30%) and not more than 10% exotic wild animal
species.
II. Medium Zoo (Regional Collection)

Wild animal species of the area/ locality/ ecosystem the zoo is part of (around
40% of total species displayed); representative wild animal species of the
region the zoo is part of (around 40%) and not more than 10% selected
species of nation and exotics each.
III. Small Zoo (Local Collection)

Wild animal species of the area/locality/ ecosystem the zoo is part of (around
60%), re representative wild animal species which are comfortable in the
climate from the region (20%), nation (10%) and exotics (10%).
140
IV. Mini Zoo (Local common wild animal collection)

Few identified common wild animal species of the area/locality/ecosystem
the zoo is part of, may be 1-2 common exotics wild animal species.
V. Rescue Centre
Identified problem wild animal species and orphaned, infirm captive animals
not fit for display of the area/ locality/ ecosystem the Rescue Centre is part of:-
(i) All rescued sick or injured wild animals should be rehabilitated
back in wild or in regular lifetime care facility/zoo/rescue centre
within 30 days of treatment/ healing depending upon the condition/
suitability of the individuals.
(ii) All seized wild animals should also be rehabilitated back in wild
or in regular lifetime care facility/ zoo/ rescue centre depending
upon the condition/ suitability of the individuals with 30 days of the
seizure after getting permission of the court dealing with the case.
(iii) All rescued/ abandoned young wild animal should only be reared
in nurseries attached to the Veterinary facilities/ hospitals of the
recognized zoos/ rescue centres.
V. Specialized Zoo
Exclusive (Reptile/ Snake/ rodent/ bird/nocturnal/ aquatic park and aquarium
etc.) specialized zoo may decide housing animals of one step above level i. e.
small of region, medium of nation, large of international level in its collection
plan.
2. On the basis of the result of the review as mentioned above, list out the
species and the number of animals of each species that are necessary
for planned thematic display and conservation breeding in the zoo.
3. With a view to enhance the conservation role of the zoo, some of
the glamorous mega specie may have to be excluded from the list
to accommodate the animal of endangered species and designing of
outstanding exhibits.
Taking into consideration the outcome of detailed analysis as mentioned
above, draw out the final list of the species and the number of animals
of each species to be housed in the zoo. Fewer species with viable
population are always preferable to a collection of larger number of
species with non viable numbers.
141
Master Layout plan for the zoo

Master layout plan is a detailed landscape map of the existing zoo site in a
scale of 1:1000 to 1:5000 depending on the area of the zoo. All the existing
facilities and infrastructure and the locations of the proposed developmental
activities in animal display area, conservation breeding area, rescue centre
area, visitor circulation routes, animal upkeep and healthcare facilities
including animals’ quarantine facilities and isolation wards, visitor education
facilities and civic amenities, service roads, administrative blocks, entry plaza,
car parking should be clearly indicated on the map. Allocation of land for each
activity should be made available having due regard to the provisions made
under “Recognition of Zoo Rules” in particular to the Sub rule 11.
Disaster and crisis management plan

Every zoo should prepare a detailed plan to deal with crisis in management,
arising out of natural disasters like cyclone, flood, drought and earth quake
or accidental happenings like fire, animal escapes, out break of diseases,
etc. The crisis sometimes may also arise out of vandalism by unruly visitors,
strike by the staff, stoppage of supply of water, power and animal feed due to
circumstances beyond the control of the zoo management.
The plan would comprise of:-

I. Assessment of the degree of subjectivity of the zoo to each type of crisis
and list out the crisis which are encountered at the zoo more frequently.
II. (a) List out necessary equipments to deal with crisis like diesel
generators, portable saws, axes, showels, bill hooks, water
tankers, diesel pumping sets, ropes, spot lights, emergency
lamps, siren, hooter, loud speaker, tarpaulin, chains, nuts and
bolts and acquire and stock the same.
(b) List and keep a stock of consumables like diesel, petrol, LPG,
kerosene, lubricants, fuelwood, batteries, saw blades etc.
III. Prepare a line of command for dealing with the crisis and a support
contingency plan in case the line of command does not prove effective
for some reason.
IV. Train all concerned to deal with the situation through periodic mock
drills. It should be ensured that all equipments are fully functional and
effective at all times.
V. Network and coordinate with specialized agencies like fire fighting units
142
of the State Government/ Union Territories and upgrade the equipments

and rationalize the operations on the basis of their inputs.
VI. Be on lookout for new potential crisis and develop the strategy to meet
the same like bird flu, anthrax, retaliatory killing of wild animals etc.
Management Plan
Every zoo should prepare a management plan listing out the activities to
be taken up by the zoo for implementing the master plan over next 5 years
indicating realistic costs of executing the identified activities and financial
year wise targets both physical and financial including anticipated source of
funding.
Detailed strategy for achieving the target should also be explained in explicit
and elaborate manners.
*****
143
Guidelines for Preparation of Master Plan of Zoos
The Format
Part-I
Chapters
1. Introduction-(includes history, objectives, physical features like the

topography of the area, geology, rock & soil, flora and fauna, climate,
rainfall, season, approach, demography of the surrounding area, legal
status of the land, sources of pollution, if any etc.)
(for an existing zoo, the introduction section may also include, the
present ground situation, layout, description of different facilities,
difficulties faced in the management in the past and achievements)
2. Appraisal of the present arrangement and constraints
a) Animal section, veterinary section, store and feed supply section,
sanitation section, maintenance section, security section, water supply
section, disposal of solid waste & liquid waste-sewerage, visitors
amenities, lawns and gardens-landscape section and any other section
peculiar to the zoo
b) Collection plan
c) General Zoo administration section
d) Research
e) Conservation breeding
f) Education and awareness
g) Any other activity peculiar/ unique to the zoo
Part-II
Chapters
1. Future objective including mission statement/ theme

2. Future action plan
a) Proposed animal collection plan including population size and
144
justification of keeping the endangered species.

b) Description of the layout plan of the zoo - (Annexe- layout map on
scale:
Layout map should be drawn on a scale 1:1000 to 1:5000
depending on area of the zoo with contour interval to be between
1mt to 5mt, depending on the topography. Existing features
like water bodies, precipices, forest patches, historical ruins,
natural drainage, water channel, rock outcrops etc. should be
depicted. North/south direction, visitor circulation and amenities,
site for disposal of carcass, water and electricity supply lines,
solid and liquid waste disposal , approach road to the zoo and
paths, parking arrangement, gates and barriers, administrative
buildings- [zoo office, ticket counter, veterinary hospital], housing
colony, industries in the surrounding areas, rail, roads - sources of
pollution (if any)]
For an existing zoo, other than the above features the layout
map should also show existing animal enclosures (black colour),
enclosures to be modified (green colour) and the enclosures that
need to be redone after demolishing the old structure (red colour).
Proposed new enclosures may be in blue colour.
c) Proposal to address the inadequacies and shortcoming identified
in the appraisal report (as appraised in Part-I, 2 a). New activities
if any, intended to be taken up.
d) Depending on the local condition of the zoo, other items may
also be added – peculiar problems of the zoo-like off display
conservation breeding centre and rescue centre. Items not
relevant can be deleted.
3. Personnel planning:-
This will provide the proposed cadre strength to manage different works
considering the activities indicated in the plan including phasing of their
deployment, outsourcing etc.
4. Disaster management
Plan to address problems faced during the natural calamities (Fire
control, flood, cyclone situations, law and order break down, feed
supply etc.)
145
5. Contingency plan
(1) Animal rescued from wild.
(2) Escape of animals from enclosures.
(3) Monkey and dog menace.
(4) Arrangement of food in case of strike (non supply by contractor)
(5) Snake bite.
(6) Visitors getting injured/visitors falling inside enclosure.
(7) Fighting among animals
(8) Epidemics
(9) Breakdown of power supply
6. Capacity building
Plan to upgrade skills of zoo staff, interaction with other zoos - regional
cooperation.
7. E-governance
8. Broad budget analysis for implementing the plan
a) Construction and development
b) Day to day maintenance
9. Annexures to the Master Plan
I. Existing zoos requiring modernisation:-
Layout plan depicting the present setup (animal enclosures,
administrative building, visitor amenities, roads etc). Older maps, if
available to indicate stages of development.
Existing animal collection plan/ inventory
Free living species occurring in the zoo campus
Flora and fauna
Present staffing pattern and position
List of buildings other than animal enclosures
146
Notifications- creation of zoo society, acquisition of land etc., constitution

of committees
II. For new zoos- Site map, legal status of the land, proposed collection
plan for animals (list of species)
Notification etc.
Proposed staffing pattern.
MANAGEMENT PLAN
The management plan shall be a document which will detail out the activities
to be taken up in the line indicated in the Master Plan of the zoo for a particular
time frame (1year to 5years), prioritising of the works to be taken up in phases
and financial year wise and provide realistic estimates of the proposed works
indicating the sources of funding. This should also contain revenue to be
collected and funding expected to be received from the government and other
sources.
Strategy to be adopted for achieving the goals defined in the Master Plan
(Part-II).
The management plan should also contain the procedure to be adopted and
person responsible for carrying out different items of works with their financial
and administrative powers.
In other words this will be a working document that will guide the managers
of the zoo for the management plan period and facilitate the budgeting
and focussed development. This will help any new incumbent to carryout
development without dislocation.
*****
147
7 a (ii). Additional Guidelines Incorporating Prohibitory

provisions for the preparation of Master Plan for the
long-term development of the Zoos
(circulated vide letter No. F. No. 7-16/2009-CZA(M), dated 05.07.2010)
1. Facilities related to the zoo and its staff within the zoo campus
1 a. Creation of staff quarters within the zoo campus
As mandatory under Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009, Rule 10, Schedule 1
(6) that no residential colonies for staff shall be constructed within the zoo
premises following category of staff should be separated by a boundary wall
from the animal exhibit areas:-
(i) Director/ Officer– in – charge of the zoo
(ii) Officials and staff under Animal Section
(iii) Officials and staff under Veterinary Section
(iv) Security personnel’s (if possible)
Where such colonies already exist, the same shall be separated from the
zoo premises by a boundary wall with a minimum height of 2 meters from
the ground level. The entry to the residential colony shall not be through the
zoo premises.
1 b. Arrangement to provide lighting within the animal enclosures and

other areas
The zoo should have a provision for emergency lighting inside the animal
enclosures. The lighting in other areas may be provided, if required, at a
lesser intensity to avoid disturbance to animals on account of glare. The
alternate lighting like solar lights may be given preference.
1 c. Creation of Night Safari/ Safari

The Central Zoo Authority will not accord approval for creation of night safaris
and safaris diverting the forest land. The existing zoos may establish night
safaris/ safaris without causing any adverse impact on the animal facilities in
the zoo. The Central Zoo Authority should not provide any financial assistance
for establishing night safaris/ safari in any zoo.
148
Additional Guidelines Incorporating Prohibitory provisions for the
preparation of Master Plan for the long-term development of the Zoos
1 d. Heritage structures within the zoo premises

The heritage structures in and around enclosures should be preserved.
However, zoo animals should not be housed therein, unless such enclosures
fulfill the biological and behavioral needs of such animals.
1 f. Vermicompost
The organic matter segregated from the garbage generated in the zoo should
be used for vermiculture, if the zoo has adequate land and financial resources
for the purpose. The zoo should construct vermiculture pits either outside the
zoo premises or in a secluded area far away from the main zoo.
Every zoo shall carry out its operations in a manner that causes minimum
stress on natural resources and produces the minimum of solid wastes
and effluents. The zoo shall also endeavour to put in place the practices
of effective waste management through reducing, reusing and recycling
and disposing the effluents and solid wastes in a manner that causes least
adverse environmental impact, as mandatory under Rule 10, Schedule 1(7)
of the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009.
2. Facilities for visitors within the zoo campus

2 a. Children Park
The zoos may have a separate area earmarked as Children Park with
focus on wildlife conservation. Appropriate interpretative facilities/ activities
for children may be created in the Children Park area to promote wildlife
conservation.
2 b. Boating
No zoo should allow boating activities inside the water bodies used as
wintering ground by migratory birds. The existing boating facilities could
however be continued in a very regulated manner, ensuring that it does not
disturb the zoo animals in the nearby enclosures.
No new water body should be created in any zoo for creating boating facilities.
2 C. Train/ tram/ toy train/ battery operated vehicle

Zoos larger than 50 hectares may have train/ trolley facilities if such
facilities enable visitors to get a better view of the animals housed in various
enclosures, without causing the disturbance and pollution. No Train/ trolley
facilities should be permitted for recreation.
149
2 d. Entry of private vehicle

Zoo should not allow entry of private vehicles, if public facilities like battery
operated trolley/golf carts/train exist there. If the area of the zoo is more
that 75 hectares and facilities as mentioned above are not available, private
vehicles may be permitted on specified routes on payment of such fees, and
subject to such regulations as deemed appropriate by the management of
the zoo.
2 e. Interpretation centre/ orientation centre

Zoos should be encouraged to create or establish interpretation centres
preferably adjacent to the entrance, as such facilities are useful in conveying
the conservation message to visitors. The Central Zoo Authority may provide
financial assistance for creation of the interpretation centre within the zoos on
case to case basis.
2 f. Food courts/ kiosk/ restaurant

The food courts/kiosk/restaurant should be restricted at the entrance of the
zoo. However, the some kiosks (1-3 numbers) may be located suitably inside
the zoo. It was also pointed out that such food courts/kiosk/restaurant should
not cater/ sell any take away food, package or disposable water bottles. Sale
of alcoholic beverage should be banned.
2 g. Parties/ functions/ marriages/ melas

The zoos should not allow their premises for holding party/ function/ marriage/
mela. However, the zoo premises may be used for holding meetings/
conferences/ workshops related to the wildlife conservation. The zoos must
ensure that such activities are carried out keeping in view of the welfare of
the animals.
2 h. Rest houses/hotels
The creation of rest houses/ hotels within the zoo premises should not be
permitted.
2 i. Limiting the numbers of the visitors at any point of time in the

zoos
The zoo should make an effort to control the number of visitors at any point in
time, if they are beyond the carrying capacity of the zoo (calculated adopting
an appropriate method). The following methods were suggested to control
the number of visitors:-
150
(i) By increasing the entrance fee for the visitors on particular days.
(ii) Increasing the working hours of the zoo.
It is also recommended that the zoo should assess its carrying capacity and
try to limit the number of visitors accordingly.
2 j. Morning/ evening walking, cycling

The zoo should not be allowed to be used for morning/ evening walking and
cycling by public.
2 k. Weekly closures
It is recommended that for better management, all the recognized zoos
should be closed for a day in a week.
2 l. Opening and closing time of the zoo/ shifts

The zoos should be kept open to visitors for a period as decided by in
management of the zoo between the sun rise and sun set. No visitor should
be allowed in the zoo after sun set except in the night safaris. No same animal
should be displayed for day viewing and in night safari.
2 m. Animal ride
No animal, forming part of the display, should be used for animal ride.
Elephants and Yaks could be used for joy rides as per Zoo Recognition
Rules but the same would be operated and housed outside the zoo display
area.
2 n. Rain shelters, foot paths, lawns and gardens

The zoos may create rain shelters, foot paths, lawns and gardens subject to
the condition that they are laid in accordance with the guidelines of the Central
Zoo Authority. However, in the zoo gardens should be restricted to such areas
and maintained at the highest standards. The experts also suggested that
foot paths should be made as natural as possible.
2 o. Animal demonstration/ handling of animals/ VIP’s handling the

animals
The National Zoo Policy does not encourage animal handling and
demonstration by the zoos, the same should not be allowed by the zoos.
151
2 p. Souvenir shops
The zoos may provide souvenir shops at an appropriate place within the zoo
or at the entrance.
2 q. Animal feeding by the visitors

Animal feeding by the visitors in a zoo is not permitted.
2 r. Film shooting
The film shooting within the zoo campus may be allowed, without causing any
disturbance to the animals and the welfare of the animals.
2 s. Animal adoption
The “animal adoption” to raise funds in Zoos for its scientific management
may be adopted. However, signages provided by the funding agencies at the
animal enclosure should merge with the natural environment of the zoo. It
was also suggested that feeding, veterinary care, animal management of the
animals should be done as per the rules.
2 t. Telephone booths
The telephones are considered as an essential service today, the same
should be allowed at appropriate places.
2 u. Museum
The creation of new museum in the zoo should be discouraged and the
existing zoos having museums should be asked to separate these from the
animal exhibit area.
2 v. Botanical gardens
The Botanical gardens in zoos should be encouraged which may also include
butterfly park, arboretum, green houses, nurseries, orchidarium and green
shops.
2w. Cloak room

All large zoos should have a facility of cloak room near the entrance of the
zoo for the use of visitors.
2 x. Use of generators
The zoos which are located in remote areas and do not receive adequate
152
amount of power supply, may use generators which are noiseless and
pollution free.
2 y. Veterinary hospital
As mandatory under the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 1992 for the large, medium
and small zoos to have a full fledged veterinary hospital and a small treatment
facility in mini zoos & rescue centres. The zoos may also have laboratory and
research facility attached to the veterinary hospital, if required.
2 z. Live feed to the animals

The animals earmarked for re-introduction in the wild should be kept in off-
display soft release facilities to enable them to develop their natural instinct.
All such animals should be treated at par with wild animals and should be
provided feed accordingly.
*****
153
7 (a) (iii) CHECK-LIST FOR MASTER PLAN SUBMISSION
S. Yes No
No.
1 Cover Page indicating the Name of the Zoo, Operator of
the Zoo, Duration of the Master Plan, Year of Submission
etc.
2 The duration of the master plan should be 20/10 years
with the provision of revision after 10 years.
3 Certificate stating the Master Plan has been prepared
by the following (name of the person, designation) and
should contain their signature. Space should be left for
the Member Secretary, Central Zoo Authority for counter
signature.
4 List of Contents (with page no.)
5 Acknowledgement
6 Preface by an competent authority
7 Foreword by an competent authority etc.
8 PART-I
Chapter – I
Introduction
a. History of the Zoo
b. Vision of the Zoo
c. Mission of the Zoo
d. Strategy of the Zoo
e. Objectives
f. Physical features like the topography of the area
g. Geology
h. Rock & Soil
i. Flora and fauna in Zoo premises
j. Climate
154
Check-List for Master Plan Submission
k. Rainfall
l. Season
m. Approach
n. Demography of the surrounding area
o. Legal Status of the Land
p. Sources of Pollution, if any
(for an existing zoo, the introduction section may also
include, the present ground situation, layout, description of
different facilities, difficulties faced in the management in
the past and achievements)
9 Chapter – 2
Appraisal of the present arrangement and constraints
a. Animal section, veterinary section, store and feed
supply section, sanitation section, maintenance
section, security section, water supply section,
disposal of solid waste & liquid waste-sewerage,
visitors amenities, lawns and gardens-landscape
section and any other section peculiar to the zoo
b. Animal Collection plan (existing)
c. General Zoo administration section
d. Research
e. Conservation breeding
f. Education and awareness
g. Any other activity peculiar/ unique to the zoo
10 PART-II
Chapter-III
Future objective including vision, mission statement/
theme and strategy.
155
11 Chapter - IV
Future action plan
i) Proposed/ recommended animal collection plan
including population size (in tabular form, showing
the existing no. of animals) and justification of
keeping the endangered species.
ii) Description of the layout plan of the zoo -
Layout map should be drawn on a scale 1:1000 to
1:5000 depending on area of the zoo with contour
interval to be between 1mt to 5mt depending on
topography, should also contain signatures of
concerned authorities i.e Zoo Director/Curator,
Chief Wildlife Warden/ Municipal Commissioner/Zoo
Operator.
iii) Director arrow on the layout plan e.g. North/South
direction.
iv) Legend on layout plan
a. The Layout Plan should show existing features like
water bodies, precipices, forest patches, historical
ruins, natural drainage, water channel, rock outcrops
etc.
b. visitor and service circulation
c. Other amenities
d. site for disposal of carcass
e. Separate map for electricity supply lines
f. Separate map showing arrangement for solid and
liquid waste disposal/drainage.
g. Separate map showing water distribution
h. Separate map showing sewerage line
156
i. The layout plan should also include details on ,

approach road to the zoo and vaious categories of
roads & paths, adjoining areas, parking arrangement,
gates and barriers, administrative buildings- [zoo
office, ticket counter, veterinary hospital], housing
colony, industries in the surrounding areas, rail,
roads - sources of pollution (if any)]
j. The layout plan should be drawn following the given
colour code:
I.Existing animal enclosures (black colour)
II. Enclosures to be modified (green colour)
III. Enclosures that need to be redone after
demolishing the old structure (red colour) and.
IV. Proposed new enclosures (blue colour).
iii) Proposal to address the inadequacies and
shortcoming identified in the appraisal report (as
appraised in Part-I, 2 a). New activities if any,
intended to be taken up.
iv) Depending on the local condition of the zoo, other
items may also be added– peculiar problems of the
zoo-like off display conservation breeding centre
and rescue centre.
Items not relevant can be deleted.
12 Chapter-V
Personnel planning:-
(Proposed cadre strength to manage different
works considering the activities indicated in the plan
including phasing of their deployment, outsourcing
etc.) Comparative statement with existing staff,
sanctioned and proposed staff. (as per Recognition
of Zoo Rules, 2009)
Name of Post Post filled Proposed
Post Sanctioned up
(1) (2) (3) (4)
157
13 Chapter – VI
Disaster management
Plan to address problems faced during the natural
calamities (Fire control, flood, cyclone situations, law and
order break down, feed supply etc.)
14 Chapter – VII
Contingency plan
(1) Animal rescued from wild.
(2) Escape of animals from enclosures.
(3) Monkey and dog menace.
(4) Arrangement of food in case of strike (non supply by
contractor)
(5) Snake bite.
(6) Visitors getting injured/ visitors falling inside
enclosure.
(7) Fighting among animals
(8) Epidemics
(9) Breakdown of power supply etc.
(10) Free ranging animals/Feral animal menace
15 Chapter- VIII
Capacity building
Plan to upgrade skills of zoo staff, interaction with other
zoos; regional cooperation with institution
16 Chapter- IX
E-governance
17 Chapter-X
a. Broad budget analysis for implementing the plan
b. Construction and development
c. Day to day maintenance
158
18 PART-III
Chapter- XI
Management Plan
(Budget)
Detail out the activities to be taken up in the line indicated
in the Master Plan of the zoo for a particular time frame
– year wise in tabular form, prioritising of the works to be
taken up in phases and financial year wise (as per work
plan) and provide realistic estimates of the proposed
works indicating the sources of funding. This should also
contain revenue to be collected and funding expected to be
received from the government and other sources.
The management plan should also contain the procedure
to be adopted and person responsible for carrying
out different items of works with their financial and
administrative powers.
Note: Do not indicate Central Zoo Authority (CZA) for funds
for implemeting the work plan. The CZA provides fund on
case to case basis and availability of fund to zoos.
19 PART-IV
Annexures to the Master Plan
a. Layout plan depicting the present setup (animal
enclosures {including area provided in square
meters}, mark viewing area for exhibits, location
of feeding & retiring cells, administrative building,
visitor amenities, visitors pathway, service pathway,
parking, feed store, hospital, post mortem house,
carcass disposal area, etc).
b. Separate layout map indicating distribution of
electricity line
c. Separate layout map indicating the storm water
d. Older maps, if available to indicate stages of

development.
159
e. Existing animal collection plan/ inventory (Male:

Female)
f. Free living species occurring in the zoo campus
g. Flora and fauna
h. Sanctioned. proposed & present staffing pattern and

position
i. List of buildings other than animal enclosures
j. Notifications- creation of zoo society, acquisition of
land etc., constitution of committees, legal status of
land etc..
20. Others:
1. Atleast 30% of the area earmarked for the zoo shall
be kept under green belt and natural vegetation and
the area for animal housing shall not exceed 30%
area of the zoo (As per Recognition of Zoo Rules,
Rule 10 - 3(4).
2. Mobilizing financial resources for the implementation
of master plan shall be the responsibility of the
respective zoo operator.
3. Detailed design of proposed animal enclosures may
not be submitted with Master Plan document. The
Same to Be Submitted Once Master (layout) Plan
is approved and on case to case basis at the time
of execution.
4. The final Master Plan for the long-term development
of the zoo should be submitted to the Central Zoo
Authority through and obtaining the concurrence of
the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State/ Municipal
Commissioner/Zoo Controller along with the counter
signature of the Chief Wildlife Warden/Municipal
Commissioner/Zoo Controller and the Zoo Director.
160
5. The digitized layout plan preferably be prepared

using the software’s AUTOCAD.
6. Soft copy of the layout plan should also be
submitted to CZA in PDF or JPEG format. The soft
copy of the text portion of the master plan in MS-
Word format should also be submitted.
*****
161
7 (b). Guidelines for establishing Safari Parks

in the existing Zoos
The Zoos may establish Safari Parks within its premises subjects to they
follow the guidelines of the Central Zoo Authority laid in this regard as well
as the same forms part of its Master Plan and prior approval of the Central
Zoo Authority.
The following are the detailed guidelines for the Safari Parks:-
(i) The area of the outdoor enclosures for herbivore safari and carnivore
safari should not be less than 30 hectares and 20 hectares respectively.
Mini zoos being operated as Deer Parks and displaying mega species
should not be of less than five hectares.
(ii) Entry and exit to every drive through enclosure should be through a
system of double gates. There should be sufficient space in between
the two gates, to allow the gates to be securely locked at the front and
the rear of every vehicle that enters the drive through enclosure.
(iii) The gates for drive through enclosure should be so designed and
located that the person operating the gates can see and ensure that
no animal is standing near the gate at that time when the gate is being
opened for the vehicle getting into the enclosure.
(iv) Arrangement should be in place to ensure that the two gates provided
under the double gate entry and exit system do not open simultaneously.
The 2nd gate should open when the first gate has been securely locked.
(v) Design of the double gates should be such that the same can be
operated conveniently by one person only.
(vi) Visitors should be allowed to enter in the enclosure of large cats and
Bears only in closed top vehicle and the windows and glasses of the
vehicle should be kept securely locked during the period the vehicle
remains in the drive through enclosure.
(vii) Supervisory staff accompanying the vehicle should be armed with
appropriate weapons and communication equipment and should be
authorized to use the same effectively, if required to do so, to save the
visitor from attack by the animals.
(viii) Trained personnel shall be suitably positioned over the entire drive
through enclosure, on appropriately designed watch towers to keep a
watch on the movement of vehicles, the animals and intruders, if any
162
Guidelines for establishing Safari Parks in the existing Zoos
and to provide necessary guidance to gate staff, the vehicle drivers and
the animal keepers in carrying out the jobs assigned to them safely and
effectively.
(ix) A rescue vehicle capable of affecting recovery of the vehicles from the
drive through enclosure should always be available at the command
of supervisory staff as long as there are any vehicles within the drive
through enclosures.
(x) The layout of roads in the drive through enclosure should be such that
the visitors can be shown all the highlights of the enclosure without
disturbing the animals in their withdrawal areas.
*****
163
7 (c). Guidelines for Conservation Breeding Programme
1. Introduction
India is one of the rich biodiversity countries of the world which harbours a
large number of mammals (350 species), birds (1224 species), reptiles (4808
species), amphibians (197 species), fishes (2546 species), insects (57548
species) and plants (46284 species) in a large landscape of 77.47 million
hectare of forest cover. It is one of the twelve mega biodiversity country of
the world and has 8% of world biodiversity.
The country faces huge challenges on account of population growth coupled

with expansion of agriculture and human settlements, industrialization and
resulting in environmental degradation and loss of prime/ critical habitat for
a large number of species. The growing pressure on the wild population due
to shrinkages of habitat and loss of critical resources for the fauna as led to
dwindling of population of many species which are on the verge of extinction
in various parts of the country. India has established a large protected area
network comprising of 4.58% of the total geographical area and for ex-situ
conservation, there are 194 recognized geological parks housing 40,000 wild
animals in captivity across the country.
A study of the status of the population in captivity in zoos reveals that a large
number of species are not of important conservation value. There are few
species in the category, endangered and threatened which are housed in the
zoos. Moreover, the species do not occur in natural social group and with
unknown lineage and therefore the task of initiating a conservation breeding
programme with the available population is a challenge.
Zoos in India are regulated as per the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 1992/2009
framed under the provision of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 and reflects
the policy enshrined in the National Zoo Policy, 1998. The Wild Life (Protection)
Act was amended in 1992 and a Central Zoo Authority was created to oversee
the functioning and management of zoo and to provide technical support to
facilitate the development of zoos in the country. The main objectives of zoos
as per the National Zoo Policy, 1998 is to strengthen the national efforts in
conservation of rich biodiversity of the country by supporting conservation of
endangered wild animals species by giving species which has no chance of
surviving in the wild, a last chance to coordinated breeding programme under
ex-situ conditions and raise stocks for rehabilitating them in wild as and when
164
Guidelines for Conservation Breeding Programme
it is appropriate and desirable. The National Wildlife Action Plan (2002-2016)

also lays emphasis on ex-situ breeding.
Captive breeding programmes are initiated to conserve a population of

endangered species which is in danger of becoming extinct but it is not
known with certainty whether such efforts can really conserve genetic
diversity and produce healthy offspring for re-establishing a stable self-
sustaining population in the wild. Conservation biology research suggests
that in breeding and loss of fitness and health of animals can occur very
rapidly, with such high magnitude with the increasing number of years of an
animal in captivity. Nevertheless, there are successful examples of capti9ve
bred individuals release in the wild which maintain healthy genetic diversity
and continue to sustain a healthy population. There are several scientific
technologies which assist in captive breeding which stored the genetic
material through cryo-preservation and artificially reproduction. There are still
lots of research and studies required to investigate to what extent captive
breeding procedures might ultimately help in species recovery programmes
and the specific genetic factor necessary to help success captive breeding
programme and alternate solutions required.
Concept and theme of conservation breeding programme

Captive breeding programmes are initiated to prevent the imminent population
collapse in the wild due to a large number of eliminative pressures. The
ultimate aim is to conserve to genetic diversity and re-establish self sustaining
population in the wild.
Why Conservation breeding programme?

Conservation breeding programme for species recovery in the wild should
be initiated after careful field research to assess the status of population of
a particular species in wilderness and of comprehensive assessment of the
reason for decline of the species as a judgement is to be made whether the
species can on its own recover in the wilderness through a species recovery
strategy based on mitigation of the factors which in the first place cause
the decline of the species which could be habitat degradation, change in
hydrological regime of the tract, natures balance in maintaining prey-predator
ration, fire and poaching. If a determination has been made that conservation
alternatives are not immediately available and that captive breeding is
essential for long-term survival of species. Can it be included to initiate captive
breeding programme? Not as a long term conservation strategy but as a
recovery technique integrated with supplementary efforts to augment and re-
165
establish wild population. Every proposal to establish a captive population for

recovery merits thorough evaluation and review. Captive breeding should not
be constitute as a rehabilitation and recovery measures for species whose
number has crashed in the wild below a minimum viable population. This
population may still be far more viable and captive population, given the many
limitations associated with captive breeding and reintroduction. Proponents
of the programme justify captive breeding based on population viability
enhances but regress assessment of the viability of wild in captive population
is necessary. It is possible that alternative non-captive approaches may be
more effective and safe than the captive approaches.
The National Zoo Policy reiterates that if population has decline in the wild it
is necessary to supplement in-situ population with the captive stock bred in
ex-situ facility. This should be qualified by the fact that each species needs
to be assessed whether it truly needs captive interventions. Many zoos feed
that they must carry out the mandate of the policy by involving in captive
breeding of endangered species and reintroduction. However, this is not the
end all they may contribute by developing husbandry, reproduction, social
behaviour and dietary protocols which will ultimately help raising a captive
breeding stock whenever required for reintroduction.
Can Captive Breeding Programmes conserve a sustainable and healthy

population?
A study of empirical and theoretical data suggests that captive breeding
programmes can to a great extent maintain genetic over a longer period.
Recent studies have shown that on an average quantitative genetic variation
may not be lost with a small population as rapidly as neutral genetic diversity
but that levels of quantitative genetic variation can be highly variable among
small population (Willi et. al. 2006).
Captive breeding for reintroduction is an important management tool for
endangered species conservation and management. Several studies have
shown that a pleasure very vital role in rehabilitation of a species which is
likely to become extinct. The role of captive breeding and reintroduction in
conservation is similar to NOAH’S ARK those species which are on the brink
of extinction are managed in captivity as if riding on in Arc which are escaping
the flood until those factors which threaten their existence are minimized or
eliminated until they can be rehabilitated in the wild. This theme has been
widely popularized in the scientific literature (Durrell 1976, Soule et al. 1986,
Balmford et al. 1995).
The importance of captive breeding and reintroduction as a conservation
166
strategy is reflected in the National Zoo Policy 1998 and Recognition of Zoos
2009. Now this concept is being emphasized for rescue in hundreds of species
represented several taxonomy group, captive breeding is being mandated in
the policy statement of the world conservation union (IUCN 1997). The role
of the zoos in conservation was maintaining population of threatened species
who was seen as role adapted due to the long tradition of keeping, breeding,
developing husbandry practices. The World Zoo Conservation Strategy
(IUDZG/CDSG 1993) also accepted this particular role of the zoos. A series
of global captive action plans, the IUCN Conservation Breeding Specialist
Group (CBSG) have recommended hundreds of taxa fro captive breeding,
Seal et al. (1993) recommended captive breeding for 1192 vertebrate taxa
out of 3550 examining.
When to initiate conservation breeding programme

Conservation breeding programme can be best initiated when there are
sizeable population in the wilderness throughout the original geographical
range of the species even though the size of the population is relatively
small and may be in small pockets widely separated from recovery can
be achieved by habitat ameliorated measures, management action,
management interventions for reducing the reasons for mortality. There could
be a possibility that the species has been extirpated over portion of its range
but still survives in healthy population in other portion of this range. In such
cases the animal can be translocated to vacant low density habitats once the
causes of decline of population has been addressed.
Often, however, action for endangered species recovery is delayed beyond

the point when in situ management or even translocation among natural
areas is possible. Remnant wild populations, if they exist at all, may not
be self-sustaining, and it may be impossible to reverse their decline before
the projected date of extinction. For example, black-footed ferrets (Mustela
nigripes) were thought to be extinct until a single population of about 30-
50 adults were discovered near Meeteetse, Wyoming, in 1981 (see Clark
1989, and Chapter 11).That population crashed in 1985 and 1986, when a
plague epidemic decimated the prairie dog colony that was the primary food
base for the ferrets, and then an epidemic of distemper decimated the ferrets
themselves. Analyses of the rate of loss of ferrets indicated that the species
would soon be extinct unless animals could be rescued from the Meeteetse
area (Seal et al. 1989).
There are cases where endangered species recovery is delayed to such

an extent that the population declines to low levels may be less than 1000
167
and habitat improvement or translocations may not produced good results

because the remnant population may not be self sustaining and it may not
be possible to reverse the decline by reintroduction. The examples of such
decline are must deer and hangul in the Himalayan region though the exact
status of the population is not known. Examples of such population decline
were observed in USA for black footed ferret and Florida panther. It is possible
that in some species the last chances of recovery lies in capture of some or
the entire remnant population, breeding in conservation breeding centres and
releasing back into its natural habitat. The best chance of success lies when
the population is in few thousands much before the population declines to
such low level and captive breeding programmes for eventual reintroduction
may succeed.
It is also possible that conservation breeding may not be the best option
because of the biology and ecology of the species which may have low
reproduction rates and therefore ex-situ conservation and in-situ conservation
recovery programmes have to be given equal importance. There is a
likelihood that the animal in captivity under those genetic behavioural and
physiological changes and in spite of best efforts to train the animal into
learning its natural trades, it may still not readapt to the natural environment
and able to forage and defend itself. In some animals reconditioning trainings
have been successful and animals have been well adapted to the natural
habitat environment after release.
In the release programmes, the use of serogates have been experimentally

tried so that the species bred for reintroduction is not lost. There is also a
possibility that the species in the wild may be highly in bred with no opportunity
for dispersal and breeding and therefore the only hope is to capture the
remnant population for ex-situ breeding. The captive environment can disrupt
adaptations and cause genetic changes in the form of genetic rift, random
fluctuation in allele frequencies. The preserve genetically animals for the
purpose of restoration to the wilderness captive management must minimize
both adaptive and no0n-adaptive genetic changes.
Franklin (1980) suggested that for endangered species management,

whether in captivity or in the wild, a short term minimum effective population
size should be kept above 50 to avoid the immediate deleterious effects of
inbreeding. For long term management, he suggested keeping the effective
population size above 500, to allow new mutations to restore heterozygosity
and additive genetic variance as rapidly as it is lost by random drift. The
concept of the effective size of a population was originally introduced by
168
Wright that by breeding, as consequences of population decline, might limit

recovery efforts.
When population is extirpated or nearly extirpated in the wild, the captive

stock may be so small and the founders available in the wild to initiate
captive lines may be so small that the low effective population size in the
absence of gene flow, new genetic diversity at a much higher rate through the
process of genetic drift. The smaller population also susceptible to breeding
and ultimately cause in breeding depression and. This is common in many
captive bred species that have often experience decline in population.
Frankham et al. have proposed that the retention of 90% of genetic diversity
(Allelic richness, hetero-zygosity) over a hundred year of period in captivity
should be a targeted conservation goal. This period would be equivalent
to 25-40 generations for most captive rare species (Soule et al. 1986) in a
similar situation (Franklin 1980 and Franklin and Soule 1981) have shown
that a reduction in new heterozygosity of 1% per generation (in breeding
rate of 1%) due to low population size was an acceptable loss of diversity in
animal population. There is now theoretic justification to conclude the extent
of genetic diversity required to conserve a species population. The 1% per
generation loss of heterozygosity may be true for domestic agricultural use
animals but not terrestrial experiment with other species. So the goal of
captive breeding programme is to conserve as much diversity as possible.
The relationship between genetic diversity population in viability to very
complex and varies between species and different population within species.
Therefore, conservation goals should not be stand diluted or abandoned if
the population is found to be using genetic diversity rapidly of 20% or more
over 100 years of captive raring and such population can still be reintroduced
specifically into the wild.
There are methods to reduce the rate of loss of genetic diversity based on
theoretical calculation done to initiate random mating and ideal population.
Ideally, it is better to start with as large founder captive population is possible
(Llle Rymen 1987). One simple approach is to ensure that each individual
contribute the same number of progeny to the next generation. Thus equalize
family sizes from matings of animals yield a rate of inbreeding and genetic
drift i.e. Roughly half to those generated from contribution of parents in
idealize population (Wright 1938, Wang 1997). Another more sophisticated
and scientific method and approach recommended is to use pedigree
or molecular genetic marker data to minimize mean inbreeding or kinship
coefficients between parents before generating new captive generations.
169
Captive Breeding Programme where in both captive and wide stock of

endangered species contribute towards the assemblage of a founder
population it can be safely generalized that such programmes can help in
supplementation of a severely decline population or reintroduction of extirpated
one. Captive breeding technizues have been improving continuously, as have
techniques for reintroducing captive breeding animasl into the wild. For some
species such as asian vulture, red panda, pigmy hog from India and California
condoer (gymnogyps Californians), the Mauritius kestrel (Falco punctatus),
the black footed flared (mustela nigriepes) and the guam rail (rallus owstoni),
captive breeding has clearly represented the difference between survival and
extinction in the short-term (Snyder and Snyder 1989, Derrickson & Snyder
1992, Johns et al. 1995). The Conservation Specialist Group has recently
generated a series of conservation assessment and management plan that
called for long-term captive breeding of numerous taza.The draft camp
document has recommended long-term captive breeding for roughly half
of the 330 parrot species in the world. For vertebrate, the recommendation
is for 1192 (34%) of the 3550 taxa examined. Further, captive breeding
recommended in a remarkable 64% of the 314 approved recovery plans for
US endangered and threatened wildlife. The implications of such large scale
captive breeding are profound. Therefore, a review of this technique in species
recovery is necessary. Therefore, we have to examine the seven important
limitations of this technique. Captive breeding for species recovery (ultimate
reintroduction to the wild) should not be confused with captive breeding for
other purposes suggest exhibit conservation education or research. In a
height side captive breeding plays a important role for species recovery for
only those endangered species of which we have knowledge of the status
and population dynamics in the wild, husbandry practices, reproduction
biology and ecology. For others for which we do not have knowledge we
must wait and generate this information through research and if necessary
employ captive breeding programmes. Therefore, this programmes is good
for species where viable alternatives are unavailable and should not be
proposed for a long term solution for rehabilitation of the species.
Short comings/Limitations of Captive Breeding

There is a large number of biologists who have in spite of the grand visions
for captive breeding questioned a utility of the captive breeding programme
(Snyder et al. 1996) provided a comprehensive summary of the limitations
of captive breeding as an approach to the recovery of endangered species.
These limitations are: difficulty in establishing self sustaining captive
population, high cost involved in captive breeding and who were success in
reintroduction which could potentially be overcome given increased resources
170
and improved methods. Though captive breeding can form a gene pool for
hundred of species maintained in captivity for centuries and eventually as
an insurance to the wild population which may rapidly dwindle in crash.
Other limitations of the captive breeding programme are human habituation/
domestication and administrative continuity. The NOAH’s ARC has now
found acceptance as it will hold substantial gene pool which can be called as
assured survival population for the safety net population. Snyder et al. (1996)
has suggested that captive breeding should not normally be recommended or
initiated before careful field studies have been completed and comprehensive
determination has been made that preferable conservation alternatives are
not available and that captive breeding is essential for near term survival of
a species. How could a species is for captive breeding and reintroduction
depends on a number of factors, the most important one whether the species
which are subject to threat in the native habitats due to a several eliminative/
deleterious practices and such causes are unlikely to be removed and
controlled in the short-term. Conservation breeding will gain importance as
the threat to biodiversity increases and it may be an important recourse for
certain taxonomic groups which can be rehabilitated and species save for the
extinction. Zoos are predominately contributing directly to in-situ conservation
by expanding the conservation programmes beyond management of captive
population by using special techniques like assisted reproduction technology
which allow zoos to breed captive populations and through the long term
storage of genetic material using cryo preservation.
It remains to be determined when captive breeding programme are essential

and warranted as ex-situ management of threatened species in zoos have to
be directly linked with in-situ conservation programmes who achieve goals of
conservation.

In recent years, zoos in India have generated tremendous interest in the
captive breeding programmes largely due to a greater understanding at
zoos are not merely to play a role for using the vast genetic resource of
animal species as an exhibit for education and research but to achieve the
fundamental task enshrined in the National Zoo Policy of Captive breeding
of endangered species for the purpose of reintroducing dealt into wild. The
Central Zoo Authority has in consultation with the Chief Wildlife Warden of
the States compiled a large list of species which may require interventions
for raising a self sustaining and genetic and demographic stable population
for rehabilitating in the wild. The identified list contains 76 species. However,
knowledge on husbandry, behaviour and reproduction is deficient for a large
number of species and also the conservation status species in the wild is not
171
known. Therefore, the task of prioritizing species for initiating conservation

breeding programmes becomes difficult. Further, it is not known whether the
rehabilitation and recovery will actually succeed.
The Central Zoo Authority, therefore pruned this list and prioritised 26
endangered species out of 73 wild animal species that have been identified
under the programme. The Central Zoo Authority in collaboration with
different zoos/ states located in the geographical distribution of the species
already launched the programme for 23 species. The Wildlife Institute of India
through wide consultation with the scientific communities has developed
criteria for prioritization and identified 26 prioritized species for Conservation
Breeding Programme.
List of 26 prioritized species for Conservation Breeding Programme
Distribution in India (wild)
Wild Life Protection Act,
Information on Breeding
Founder availability in
Founder availability in
Name of the Species
Biology & Husbandry

No. of animals in the
Global Distribution
Priority Number
Overall rating
IUCN Status
1972 Status
captivity
captivity
protocol
Threats
the wild
1 Pygmy hog (Sus salvanius) 2 5 5 5 4 2 3 2 3 31
2 Vultures (white-backed, long-billed, slender-billed) 2 4 5 5 5 2 3 2 3 31
3 Hangul (Cervus elaphus hanglu) 3 4 5 5 5 2 1 2 3 30
4 Golden langur (Trachypithecus geei) 2 3 4 5 5 2 3 2 3 29
5 Wild buffalo (Buballus bubalis) 2 4 4 5 5 2 1 2 3 28
6 Brow-antlered deer (Cervus eldii) 3 4 4 5 2 2 3 2 3 28
7 Lion tailed macaque (Macaca silenus) 3 3 4 5 3 2 3 2 3 28
8 Red panda (Ailurus fulgens) 2 2 5 5 5 2 3 2 2 28
9 Blyth's tragopan (Tragopan blythii) 2 2 3 5 5 5 2 2 2 28
10 Asiatic lion (Panthera leo) 3 4 4 5 2 2 3 2 2 27
11 Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis) 2 3 3 5 4 2 3 2 3 27
12 Western tragopan (Tragopan melanocephalus) 2 3 4 5 4 2 3 2 2 27
13 Phayre's leaf macaque (Trachypithecus phayrei) 2 3 2 5 5 2 3 2 3 27
14 Great Indian bustard 2 3 5 5 5 2 1 2 2 27
15 Wild ass (Equus hemionus khur) 2 2 4 5 5 2 3 2 2 27
16 Nilgiri langur (Semnopithecus johnii) 3 2 3 5 4 2 3 2 3 27
17 Musk deer (Moschus chrysogaster) 1 2 4 5 5 2 3 2 3 27
18 Hoolock gibbon (Hoolock leuconedys), 2 2 4 5 4 2 3 2 3 27
19 Swamp deer (Hard surface-C.d. branderi) 3 4 3 5 5 2 1 1 2 26
20 Nilgiri tahr (Nilgiritragus hylocrius) 3 3 4 5 5 2 1 1 2 26
21 Floricans (Bengal & Lesser) 2 3 4 5 5 2 1 2 2 26
22 Cheer pheasant (Catreus wallichi) 2 3 3 5 4 2 3 2 2 26
23 Clouded leopard (Panthera nebulosa) 1 2 3 5 5 2 3 2 3 26
24 Painted roof turtle (Kachuga kachuga) 2 2 4 5 5 2 2 2 2 26
25 Snow leopard (Panthera uncia) 1 1 4 5 5 2 3 2 3 26
26 Shaheen falcons (Falco peregrinus) 2 1 4 5 5 2 2 2 3 26
*****
172
Guidelines for marking of Animals and Birds
7 (d). Guidelines for marking of Animals and Birds
1. Ringing of Birds:
Birds should be ringed in left leg. Chicks should be ringed only after
establishing parental care bond between mother and chick.
2. Ear tagging:
Animals should be tagged in left ear. In young animals with thin ears the tag
should be affixed to the thickest cartilage portion of the ears, such as the
lower half, near the base. In large and adult ungulates it may be necessary to
attach the tag to a thinner section of the ear. For ungulates of any age, care
should be taken not to puncture any large blood vessels. In general, external
tags are not recommended for amphibians and reptiles, with the exception of
turtles. In particular, tags are also to be avoided for long slender animals such
as snakes and many lizards.
3. Implantation of Radio Transponders (Microchips):

In mammals, radio transponders should be implanted at the base of the left
ear. Implant site must be cleaned with alcohol before radio chipping but do not
shave skin. The implanter needle is placed at an approximately 450 angle to the
skin and then positioned almost parallel to the skin surface and transponder is
injected under the skin. The needle should be carefully withdrawn and fingers
pressure applied to the implantation site for approximately 30 seconds.
The implantation site then should be scanned by the reader to verify both
successful implantation and transponder’s unique code. Transponders
should also be checked as well before implanting into animals. Occasionally
the needle will leave a wound; if it does, it is recommend to seal the wound
with an adhesive skin bond.

In the case of thick skin species such as slow loris implantations of the radio
transponders should be done on the left hip. Marking of the animals should
not be done while young ones passing through weaning.
Radio transponders or microchips have been used to mark amphibians

and reptiles permanently. After disinfecting the site where the device will
be implanted (e.g. lower abdomen for amphibians and snakes), using
standard surgical protocols, the devices are implanted subcutaneously
or intraperitoneally. If possible, tissue glue (cyanomethacrylate) is then
173
applied to close the incision. The use of tissue glue helps to ensure that the
transponder does not get ejected before the wound heals.
Marine turtles may be marked by using microchips injected into the flippers
or shoulder area; however, some microchips migrate into deeper tissues
and become unreadable. Complications with radio transponders which have
been noted include: migration of transponders if applied subcutaneously
or internally, which may make them more difficult to read; breakage of the
microchips, and loss of signals.
Information on location of radio transponders (microchips) in the animals

should be filled up in the Individual animal history sheet.
*****
174
Guidelines for transport of captive wild animals
7 (e) (i). Guidelines for transport of captive wild animals
1. Animals in good health only should be transported. Sub-adult animals

should be preferred for transportation.
2. Pregnant or females which have recently given birth should be avoided

for transport.
3. Infants and too young, incapable of feeding themselves should also not
be transported unless prior arrangements have been made for taking all
due care for the same.
4. The antlered animals in velvet should not be transported.
5. The animal should be separated from the herd, if needed, sufficiently in

advance before transport and complete health check up should be done
before transport for assessing its health conditions.
6. The related papers like animal history cards, treatment cards, health
certificate should accompany animal while transportation.
7. Necessary arrangements for quarantine at the recipient station should

be arranged in advance.
8. The dimensions of the transportation containers for mammalian species

should be such that the animal is not be able to turn around or to
summer sault.
9. The transport container should preferably be of suitable local

material. For many animals, the preferred material will be timber
but such materials as bamboo, hardboard and metal may often be
suitable for the construction of transportation cage. For transport by
air, fiber glass transportation cages can also be preferred as these
are light in weight.
10. The floor of the container should be made removable with liquid proof
trays under the slatted floor. The slatted construction should be so
designed and constructed that the spacing between the slates in such
that there is no danger of the animals feet becoming trapped.
175
11. It is important that all transportation containers should have inner

surfaces which are completely free of any projecting nails, screws, ends
of mesh or any other sharp material, which could cause injury to the
animal. There should not be any sharp edges. Moreover, if any wood
preservative or paint is used on the container, it should not be toxic or
a skin irritant. It should also be padded with rubber pads to save the
animals from injury.
12. The transportation container should have adequate air circulation at

all times. There should be additional ventilation by means of holes of
suitable size in all walls of the container.
13. Suitable lifting handles or gripers bars should be provided and when
the containers will be heavily loaded, the hooks for crane slings and
facilities for handling by fork-lift should also be fitted.
14. On long journeys, the animals should be provided suitable bedding

materials such as straw or hessian pad.
15. Arrangements for feeding and watering as per the requirement of the
species and duration of the journey should be provided.
16. The animals which might have been sedated before their transportation
should be transported only under the supervision of a qualified
veterinarian only and details of sedation should accompany the
animal. Partial sedation in some of the species and individuals when
recommended may also be resorted to during transportation.
17. The handling of animals during the transportation should be avoided

to the possible extent. The animals should be disturbed as little as
possible during the transportation.
18. The transportation of animals should be avoided during extreme

weather conditions like dry hot summer and very cold winter.
19. The journey should preferably be performed during day time. The time
between 11:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. may be avoided during hot summers
and nights during winter.
20. While transportation from one climatic zone to another, it is important

that the animals are not suddenly moved to contrasting climate to which
176
Guidelines for transport of captive wild animals
they are not accustomed. If this is not avoidable, the desired controlled
environment should be made available, so that they are exposed to
change climatic conditions slowly.
21. The transportation cage should be secured fully to avoid any possible
movement or sliding during transport. It is very important to ensure that
the transportation cages are kept horizontal throughout the journey.
22. The animal should be accompanied by a qualified Veterinarian and

required number of keepers having experience and training in handling
individual animals.
23. Every care should be taken to avoid unnecessary discomfort,

behavioural stress or physical harm to the animals while crating and
transporting.
24. While transporting the animals, due screening of the staff involved in
transportation of animal should be made and it must be ensured that
they do not infected of any such diseases that can infect the animal.
25. The accompanying Veterinarian should carry all necessary drugs,

medicines, first aid kit, restraining equipments and drugs, which may be
required during emergency. In the unlikely event of animal sustaining
injury during transportation or falling sick, there should be arrangement
in the cage for handling the animal for treatment.
26. Arrangement for carrying water sprayers, buckets, additional ropes etc.
should also be made and tools for temporary repair of the cages may
also be carried during transportation.
27. It is preferred to cage only one animal in a single container, except in

birds or mother with babies.
28. For longer distances, the possibility of air lifting should be explored.
Lighter transport cages like fiber glass should be preferred for air
journeys. The transportation cages should not be placed in closed
wagon during transportation by rail.
29. The animals avoid feeding while transportation. It is advisable to

properly feed the animals along with required supplement before crating
and transportation.
177
30. There are various guidelines by IATA or CITES for transportation of

animals by air. These should be kept in mind while transporting animals
by air.
31. The senior most personnel accompanying the animal should carry
sufficient money and should have authority to spend the same to meet
any unforeseen emergency during transportation.
32. Certificate from the concerned zoo consigning the transportation should
accompany the animal and it should be mentioned that no taxes etc.
should be paid and vehicle should not be detained. This will ensure
smooth transportation without any hindrance, particularly in inter state
check gates.
33. During transportation, if there is any emergent need for any assistance
from any nearby zoo, the concerned zoo should provide all possible
assistance. In case of transportation, it will be ideal to keep the way hide
zoo informed in advance about such movement.
*****
178
Protocols for transportation of wild animals
7 (e) (ii). PROTOCOLS FOR TRANSPORTATION

OF WILD ANIMALS
Exchange of animals between zoos and acquisition of animals from the wild
necessitate their transportation between various locations. Wild animals
go through high levels of stress quite often during restraint, capture,
confinement,loading, unloading and the transportation process as well as
when adapting to the new environment they have been moved to. A need
for developing protocols for transportation of animals that cover the major
issues involved has been felt for long. Safe, humane, ethical and professional
protocols for transportation of wild animals need to be developed.
To address this issue, the Central Zoo Authority (CZA) organised a

workshop for zoo veterinarians at Chennai in collaboration with Madras
Veterinary College and Arignar Anna Zoological Park from 24 to 28
January 2011. Twenty-seven zoo veterinarians attended this nationallevel
workshop. After thorough deliberations, protocols for transport of animals
were developed under the Inter-related heads listed in the following
sections.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS PRIOR TO TRANSPORT
1 Selection of individuals
i. Selection of animals is critical in any planned operation involving
transportation. The selected animal should be in good health
and have a clean health record. Preferably it should not have any
medical history that is suspect.
ii. Only adults and sub-adults should be transported. Pregnant,
geriatric, lactating,suckling, sick, weak, injured or deformed
animals and stags (deer species) in velvet should be avoided
in planned transport. As far as birds are concerned, juveniles
which have recently fledged should be preferred for transporting.
Transport of adults, if necessary, should be done after the
breeding season is over.
iii. lf young ones unable to fend for themselves should be transported,
they should be transported along with the mother. Young ones that
are being hand reared should be accompanied by the keepers/
handlers from the donor and recipient zoos.
179
2 Marking of selected individuals

Prior to transport, the animal identified for transport should be appropriately
marked. The veterinarians of the recipient and donor zoos should ensure
that proper Identification and marking of the selected animal are done.
These should be uniform for the species. Natural photographic documents
showing the natural identification of each animal should be maintained.
Details of the site and type of marking should be recorded and made available
to the recipient zoo.
i. Microchips and/or ear tags and/or tattoo markings with permanent
dye may be used for identification for ungulates/primates/large
mammal species.
ii. Carnivores should be marked with microchips (transponders). Ear
tags may also be used for convenience if these are available.
iii. Birds should be marked with colour bands. Birds larger than a
myna or pigeon should also be microchipped. Microchips should
be injected in their breast muscles. This is essential because the
rings can come off or break during transportation.
iv. Reptiles (turtles and crocodiles) may be notch marked, whereas
snakes must have microchips. Underbelly scale notching can also
be carried out on reptiles. The assistance of a person trained in
microchipping reptiles should be obtained while doing this.

Photo credit: Dr. Mir Mansoor
Photo 1: Marking individuals using ear tags
180
3 Weather and climate considerations

i. A complete record of the weather and climatic conditions should
be maintained prior to initiating transport. Extreme climatic
conditions, viz. the peak summer and monsoon, should be
avoided while for transportation.
ii. In case transportation is planned during the summer, it should be
carried out strictly during the cooler hours of the day, preferably
the early morning or late evening, unless the vehicle transporting
the mammals/birds/reptiles is air conditioned. Necessary
provisions for effective cooling and ventilation should be in place
when such journeys are undertaken. During winters it should
be ensured that animals are not exposed to the chill and are
maintained in a comfortable environment throughout the journey.
During summers crates could be covered with wet hessian sacks/
gunny bags that can be moistened, and similarly,winter-transport
containers/crates could be lined with Styrofoam.
iii. Abrupt changes in weather conditions should be anticipated and
provided for. Transportation logistics should be carefully planned,
with a backup and support vehicle always available on call.
4 Animal transport considerations

The animal’s health and well being should be the highest priority during
transport. The corresponding measures depend on the species and should
essentially be considered prior to movement. The mode of transport should
be identified and a reconnaissance carried out well in advance. Preparations
should be accordingly made. The driver/team undertaking the transportation
should familiarise themselves with the route that will be taken. Stops en
route should be pre-planned and identified well in advance to minimise the
duration of transport. The cage should be kept in the vehicle in such a way
that the animal always faces the direction in which the vehicle is moving. In
the case of transportation of elephants by truck,it is best is to cover just 250
km a day,halt and take out the elephants for medications (muscle relaxants,
vitamins/glucose), water,walking,feeding and resting till the next morning.
5 Record-keeping considerations
i. Copies of the studbook and breeding records of the animals
being transported should accompany the animals to indicate the
pedigree and to prevent inbreeding.
181
Legislation, Policy, Guidelines and Strategy Protocols for transportation of wild animals
ii. Copies of the animal report including all details of health, breeding
and animal temperament and medical history sheets and medical
records should be sent to the recipient zoo along with the animals.
FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS
The following need to be considered in terms of the financial outlay when
planning the acquisition of new animals:
i. The financial consideration involved in providing additional
man power for the care of the new animal/animals
ii. Provision of adequate funds for transportation from the donor zoo
iii. Provision of funds for the up keep and veterinary care of the animal
The director of the recipient zoo should ensure the availability of
funds for the above prior to the transport of the animals.
FACILITY AT RECIPIENT ZOO

i. Once a decision to acquire new animals has been made,
the recipient zoo should ensure the availability of adequate
appropriate housing space as per CZA guidelines.
ii. If an existing enclosure for the species is already present, it should
not be overcrowded due to the addition of the new animals. A
separate enclosure should be made available for the new animals.
iii. If no enclosure exists, a new enclosure should be constructed
well before the arrival of the animal.
iv. If the animal being acquired is endangered or belongs to
Schedule I or II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, the zoo
should get the design for the enclosure approved by the CZA prior
to construction.
LIAISON WITH AGENCIES

The director of the recipient zoo should arrange for all requisite permissions
and liaise with the following agencies/departments for transport of animals.
The donor zoo should assist the recipient zoo by providing necessary
documents such as the donor/recipient zoo agreement:
i. Chief wildlife wardens and state forest departments of concerned
states for permission to acquire and transport animals
ii. CZA (for permission)
182
iii. Quarantine officer of the region for necessary permits.

iv. Zoos en route-information for assistance in case of emergencies
v. State forest departments en route-information to ensure that the
animalis not stopped on the way
vi. Agencies for emergency-assistance (as may be required)
vii. CITES (for permissions relating to international exchange of
animals)
viii. DGFT (international exchange of animals}-import permissions
ix. MoEF, Government of India (for permission in the case of
international exchange of animals}-without NOC documents the
DGFT will not issue a permission to import
x. Customs Department (international exchange of animals)
ANIMAL CRATE/TRANSPORT CAGE CONSIDERATIONS

Animals have to be confined in crates/transport cages during transport for
easy handling and to minimize the chances of injury to the animals. The
transport cages/crates should be of dimensions that allow the animal to
stand and to rest in sternal recumbency but do not provide space for turning.
The basic considerations are as follows:
I. A crate should be designed according to the requirement
of the species and should be portable, light and easy to
manoeuvre.
ii. Crates should be constructed with an aluminium/light metal/
wooden frame and plywood or laminated plywood. They should
have hinged handles so that the container can be loaded and
unloaded with ease.
iii. The size of the crate should be such that the animal can only
stand or sit in it or lie in sternal recumbency. It should not be able
to tum or somersault.
iv. The crate should be rectangular in shape.
v. The crate should be well ventilated, and it should be ensured that
the extremities of the animals do not project out.
183
vi. Do not use lead paints for painting crates. As far as possible
crates should not be painted inside, but the surface should be
smooth.
vii. Crates should be disinfected properly prior to transport. When

birds are being transported, it should be ensured that the crates
are free of any fungus.This could be achieved by putting the cage
out in the sun for a couple of days before use. Fungus grows in
crates that are not used for some time and can be very harmful to
birds,especially birds of prey.
viii. Temporary facilities should be created for providing feed and

water. ix. In case of transport by air containers should be
fabricated In conformation with the size and weight specified
for the aircraft. Different aircraft have cargo holds with doorways
of different sizes.
x. Facilities should be provided for cleaning the excreta.
xi. Bedding of paddy straw, sand,etc. should be provided, and the

floor may be peg-bored to avoid slipping. In the case of birds, the
floor should be covered with sand, sticks or just Astro Turf. No
perch should be provided in the cage.
xii. Padding with gunny bags filled with paddy straw, coir or foam/
cotton cushions should be provided in crates used for herbivores.
Cages used for birds do not require any padding. Nails, wooden
splinters, protrusions, sharp edges and sharp objects should be
removed from the inner surfaces of the container.
xiii. Hinged (foldable} hand holds or handles should be provided on

the sides for easy handling. At the same time it should be ensured
that the handles will fold away and be flush after loading so that
the cage may be secured and prevented from shifting during
transportation.
xiv. In the case of deer, antlers and antler tips may be taped with
padding/cushioning to prevent injuries and breakage during
transport.
xv. Only well trained/experienced handlers/attendants/keepers should

be deputed for the task.
184
Photo credits: 2 & 3, Wildlife Trust of India

Photos 2 & 3: Ungulate transport box.
185
Photo credit: Dr. Navin Kumar

Photo 4: Giraffe transport container
Photo credit: Dr. Parag Nigam
Photo 5:Tiger transport container
186
Photo credits: 6, 7 & 8, Dr. Parag Nigam
Photos 6,7 & 8: Trapping-cum-transport cages for leopards
Species-specific considerations
A. Deer species
i. The maximum number of animals that may be transported at a time is
four or five.
187
ii. Only one male should be transported in any crate.

iii. With smaller species, two females may be transported in a crate; with
larger species, only one female may be transported in each crate.
However, it is preferable to transport only one animal in a crate.
iv. As per the need both the sexes can be transported in separate
crates.
B. Carnivores
i. Preferably only one animal should be transported in each crate/
container. When more than one animal must be transported in a crate,
it is preferable to have animals from the same enclosure or those that
have lived together.
ii. Males need to be transported separately in individual crates.
C. Primates
i. Up to four animals may be transported together at a time.
ii. With larger primates, only one animal may be transported in a crate.
D. Birds
i. Storks, cranes, ratites and raptors should be transported individually.
ii. Parakeets may be transported in pairs in boxes.
iii. Ducks, teals, geese, pigeons, bulbuls, galliforms (females), corvids,
sparrows and other finches may be transported in groups.
Photo credits: Wildlife Trust of India
Photos 9 & 10: Boxes for transportation of small mammals and birds
188
E. Reptiles
i. Crocodiles should always be transported singly.
ii. Turtles and tortoises: Large animals should be transported singly;
smallones may be transported in groups.
iii. King cobras, cobras, pythons and other cannibalistic snakes must
always be transported individually in crates/boxes with locks and
signage marked DANGER/HANDLE WITH CARE - VENOMOUS SNAKE.
iv. When reptiles suchas crocodiles,chelonians,snakes and lizards are to
be transported/released, check for evidence of any injury, metabolic
bone disease, ectoparasites, stomatitis, scale-rot, dysecdysis,
bloat, retained eye caps, swollen eyes or abnormal discharges from
the eyes, nostrils, mouth, etc. In the case of crocodiles, the teeth should
be clean and white, not brittle or translucent. Similary, any accumulation
of algae on teeth may often reflect lack of feeding in crocodiles.Fasting
prior to physical capture appears to be desirable in reptiles. Transport
boxes or container should be of adequate width and depth to prevent
chelonians from climbing and damaging their shells. Snake bags need
to be tied firmly to prevent escapes. Boxes should be locked. Reptiles
are very susceptible to dehydration during transportation and require to
be provided water.
Moist gunny bags have proven

to be useful when transporting
large numbers of young
crocodiles (total body length
less than 1.5 m) over short
Photo credit: Dr Navin Kumar
distances (200-250 km or 5-6

hours).
Photo 11: Transport container for

crocodiles
189
For dimensions of the crates for different species, Manual of Transport Cages
and Nest Boxes,published by CZA, may be referred to.
A. Deer species: Indicative dimensions of crates are provided below:
Species Length Width Height Remark

(cm) (cm) (cm)
Sambar (Rusa 180 68 150 For ventilation,
unicolor)
Swamp deer 165 60 150 provide 12 mm holes
(Cervus on the sides.
duvaucelli)
Spotted deer 150 55 120 Crates for other
(Cervus axis) species of deer may
be designed
Barking deer 90 45 75 accordingly to the
(Muntiacus size of the animals.
muntjac)
i. Frame: All around solid wooden or metallic battens of 4 mm

thickness
II. Sides: 12 mm thick waterproof plywood
iii. Floor: 19 mm thick waterproof ply
iv. Roof: 12 mm thick waterproof plywood
v. Doors: sliding doors on both sides with bolts and chains; 12 mm thick
waterproof ply
B. Carnivores: Indicative dimensions of crates are provided below:
Species Length Width Height

(cm) (cm) (cm)
Tiger/lion 195 75 105
Bear 180 75 100
Leopard jaguar 120 60 90
190
i. Frame: MS angle 40 mm x 40mm x 6mm
ii. Sides: 12 mm thick waterproof plywood with cover of 3 mm thick iron

sheet
iii. Floor: 19 mm thick waterproof ply on MS flat 35 mm

x 4 mm @] 350 c/c floor,and two sides also covered from inside with
2 mm thick iron sheet. Holes on floor 20 mm in diameter. Whole crate
should rest on 50 mm x 50 mm iron pegs. Two removable trays of depth
25 mm to be provided below the floor to receive urine and excreta.
iv. Roof:12 mm thick waterproof plywood
v. Doors: 12 mm diameter MS bar@ 50 mm c/c should be welded with

frame and covered with 5 mm thick plywood.Bolt and chain system for
closing and opening the doors.
C. Primates: Indicative dimensions of crates are provided below:
Species Length Width Height

(cm) (cm) (cm)
All macaques 90 68 75
I. Frame: Solid wooden battens 35mm x 35 mm all around

ii. Sides: 12 mm thick waterproof plywood
iii. Floor: 12 mm thick water proof ply wood with sawdust on base
iv. Roof: 12 mm thick waterproof plywood
v. Doors: Only on one side with facility for sliding up; made of 9 mm thick
waterproof ply
vi. Ventilation: Holes of 20 mm diameter on two sides; welded mesh on top
at the rear,100 mm wide
D. Birds: Indicative dimensions of crates are provided below:
191
Species Length Width Height Remarks

(cm) (cm) (cm)
Munia/ 75 75 22.5 Sufficient for 2-25 munias;
budgerigar wire mesh size 150 mm x
600 mm
Kite/ 60 45 45 For one bird; perch at 50
Shikra mm, should have enough
space to turn around. Wire
mesh size 150 mm x 600 mm
Pheasants 60 45 60 For one bird; if the tail is long,
the length may be increased
accordingly. Wire mesh size
100 mm x 600 mm
Emu and 75 60 150
cassowary
Small 75 75 25 Sufficient for 10 parrots;
perch is parakeets
i. Bird size measurements should be taken with the bird lying down/
wings closed and legs stretched. The height of the crate should
always be at least 4-6 Inches more than the bird’s height at the head.
ii. Frame: Solid wooden battens 30 mm x 30 mm all around;in the case of
emus,75 mm x 50 mm.
Iii. Slides: 9 mm thick waterproof plywood; In the case of emus, the
plywood should be 12 mm thick, with iron bars of length 25cm fixed at
equal distances from each other.
iv. Floor: 9 mm thick waterproof plywood; in the case of emus 19 mm thick
plywood, with saw dust. In the case of big birds, the flooring should be
of astro-turf or of any non-slip material.
v. Roof: 9 mm thick waterproof plywood; in the case of emus the
plywood should be 19 mm thick.
vi. Doors: Sliding on one side, back closed, Door made of 9 mm thick
plywood. In the case of emus the thickness should be 19 mm. When
transporting raptors or birds, the sliding door should not be installed
sideways but instead top to down. This will allow the bird to be caught
by its legs. In a vulture transport box the lid should be on the roof
because it should be opened at the top.
192
vii. Ventilation: Wire mesh at rear end at the top of the cage; in the case
of emus,holes on both sides. In the case of raptors, there should be
holes (of the size of drilling machine bits) at regular Intervals on all the
four sides. The holes should be small enough to ensure that even a
human finger cannot pass through them as the introduction of a finger
into a crate could be very dangerous, especially in the case of vulture
transport.
viii. For dimensions of the crates for different species, Manual of Transport
Cages and Nest Boxes, published by CZA, may be referred to.
E. Reptiles: Indicative dimensions of crates are provided below:
Species Length Width Height Remarks

(cm) (cm) (cm)
Crocodile/ 195 60 40 Small sizes are
alligator/ preferred.
gharial
Python 75 90 45 Handles on both sides
to carry the crate
Cobra or other 60 75 30 Handles on both sides
snakes to carry the crate
i. Frame: Solid wooden battens 35 mm x 35 mm all around;in the case

of pythons,MS angles of 25 mm x 25 mm x 4 mm and with additional
support of MS flats 25 mm x 4 mm as required. For other snakes, solid
wooden battens of size 25mm x 25 mm.
ii. Sides:12 mm thick waterproof plywood with 35 mm x 35 mm solid
wooden battens as supports (4 nos.). In the case of pythons, 19
mm plywood and wire mesh on two sides. For other snakes, 9 mm
waterproof ply with wire mesh on two sides.
iii. Floor: For crocodile and other snakes 12 mm thick waterproof plywood
with sawdust on base. In the case of pythons, 19 mm plywood with dry
paddy at base.
iv. Roof: For crocodiles and snakes 12 mm thick waterproof plywood. In
the case of pythons, 19 mm thick waterproof ply with hinges and locking
arrangement. The top will act as a door.
v. Doors: Sliding on both sides with 12 mm thick waterproof plywood.
193
vi. Ventilation: Small holes on sides and top as required. But it must be
ensured that the holes are smaller than the size of the snake’s tail/head
as well as human fingers.
vii. 5 em thick plywood boxes (2’ x 2’ x 1’; 60 em high x 60 em long or
deep x 30 em wide) with up to four racks have been effectively used for
transporting up to 10 hatchlings in each rack for transport of hatchling
gharials by air.
VETERINARY CONSIDERATIONS
DONOR ZOO
I. Health screening of animals

yy The identified animal(s) should be subjected to heath screening so
as to ensure their fitness for transportation and to avoid transmission
of diseases to animals in the recipient zoo. The IUCN guidelines on
quarantines and health screening prior to translocation of wild animals
should form the basis of such interventions. Where required, animals
may be vaccinated and dewormed well in advance to transportation, at
least 3 weeks before the action.
yy Body weight and morpho metric features should be estimated by a
biologist, who should also design the crate.
yy Animals of different species should never be transported in the same
container.
yy A health certificate should be issued by the veterinarian of the donor
zoo to the recipient zoo in a standard format with all healthrelated
details.
ii. Nature of capture

yy The mode of capture must be based on the species to be
captured. It is essential that the veterinarians decide on the mode of
capture well in advance. The requisite instruments and drugs may be
procured/stored accordingly.
yy If chemical immobilization has to be carried out,the animal should be
fasted for 24 hours and deprived of water for 12-16 hours. The animal
may have to be covered with wet cloths in case it develops a high
temperature, and the eye may need to be covered as a precaution
194
when acepromozine, etropin and human antidotes are used.

yy If chemical immobilization and restraint procedures are to be used,
adequate stocks of immobilizing drugs, reversal agents and antidotes
should be procured and stored appropriately. The drug dosage may be
decided based on the size of the animal and other considerations such
as the age, sex, weight, weather, physiological and temperamental
needs and excitement level. Tranquilizers may be used before
transportation as they reduce anxiety in the animal,thereby reducing
chances of stress. A wide range of tranquillzers Is available. The choice
of drug depends on the species and the excitation level. It Is advisable
to use shortand long-acting tranquilizers for herbivores prior to crating,
depending on the travel time and the species, as this will minimise the
stress experienced by the animal during crating, transport and release
at the new location.
yy If physical methods of capture are to be used, it should be ensured
that the animals are subjected to minimal stress and that there are
skilled and experienced personnel in the team.
yy The animal, especially If it Is a herbivore, can be habituated to its crate
well in advance by placing the crate in the enclosure and feeding the
animal every day in it. This will slowly make the animal comfortable
with the crate,thereby reducing the stress at the time of transportation
because of the animal’s familiarity with it.
yy The staff involved in the capture and transportation procedure should
be made aware of the various procedures that need to be carried out.
It would be very helpful if a mock exercise were to be practiced so that
the staff are prepared for eventualities.
yy The best available drugs should be used selected for tranquilizing
a species. The drugs available in India are xylazine, ketamine and
acepromazine. Butophanol, azaperone, detomidine, medetomidlne,
telazol, midazolam, haloperidol, etorphine and the reversal agents
atipamazole, yohimbine, tolazollne, flumazenil and naltrexone are also
available.
yy The dose regime for chemical immobilization of animals may be
according to the indicative values below, subject to the advice of the
veterinary officer.
195
Deer
Species Drugs Dose regime Mode

(mg/kg)
Spotted deer *Xylazine and 6 and 1.2 IM
(Cervus axis) ketamine
*Meditomidine and 0.05-1.0 and 0.8-3.2 IM
ketamine
Hog deer (Cervus *Xylazine and 6 and 1.2 IM
porcinus) ketamine
*Meditomidine and 0.05-1.0 and 0.8-3.2 IM
ketamine
Swamp deer *Etorpine and 0.003 and 5-8 IM
(Cervus xylazine mg/animal
duvaucelli) *Ketamine and 2 and 0.25 IM
Blackbuck (Antil medetomidine
ope cervicapra) *Xylazine 20 mg/ animal IM
Nilgai *Etorpine, 0.03, 0.12 and 0.16- IM
(Boselaphus acepromazine and 0.23
tragocamelus) xylazine
Barking deer Xylazine and 3 and 2 IM
(Muntiacus ketamine
muntjac)
Carnivores
(mg/kg)
Wolf (Canis lupus) *Xylazine and 10 and 2 IM
ketamine
Himalayan black *Tiletamine/ 0.5 and 0.01 IM
bear (Ursus zolazepam and
thibetanus) medetomidine
Sloth bear (Ursus *Ketamine and 7.5 and 2 IM
ursinus) xylazine
*Ketamine and 3 and 0.05
meditomidine
196
Red panda *Ketamine and 5 and 0.1 IM

(Ailurus fulgens) meditomidine
Civet and *Ketamine and 10 and 1-2 IM
binturong xylazine
Lion (Panthera *Ketamine and 4.5 and 1 IM
leo persica) xylazine
Tiger Panthera *Ketamine and 5 and 1 IM
tigris) xylazine
Snow leopard *Ketamine and 2.5-3.0 and 0.06-0.08 IM
(Panthera unicia) meditomidine
Leopard (Panthera *Ketamine and 3 and 0.07 IM
pardus) medltomidine
Small felids (cats) *Ketamine 5-10 IM
*Ketamine and 3-5 and 0.06-0.08 IM
xylazine
Primates

(mg/kg)
Macaques and *Ketamine and 5-10 and 0.05 IM
langurs/Leaf medetomidine
monkeys Note : The
combination of
Xylazine and
ketamine may also
be used.
*Kindly refer to the report titled Standards, Guidelines and Protocol

prepared by the IVRI for CZA.
CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO TRANSPORT

i. The veterinarian and keeper of the recipient zoo should accompany
the animals during transportation. In special cases,the veterinarians of
both the donor and recipient zoo may accompany the animals during
transportation.
ii. During transportation, disturbance of the animal should be minimised.
197
Iii. Human contact with the animals should be minimised to avoid cross
infection.
iv. The animals should be monitored throughout the transportation, and if
need be, appropriate treatment/management should be administered.
v. Emergency veterinary drugs and equipment should be carried during
transportation to meet any eventuality. Quick and prompt veterinary
consultations and treatment should be extended to animals that get
injured or diseased in transit.
vi. An official with the requisite financial powers to cover any exigencies en
route should accompany the animal. The official may be assisted by an
animal supervisor and keepers/handlers as required.
vii. Sufficient quantities of food and water should be available in the

vehicle during transportation.
viii. There should always be two drivers for the vehicle so that there need
not be an excessive number of stops during the journey. One driver can
rest while the other drives. But there should be no rush to cover the
distance.
ix. Staff undertaking transportation of animals should not consume

alcoholas this will blur and affect their judgement, which is critical in
case of emergencies.
x. In the case of vehicles going through Maoist-/insurgency-affected

areas, the RTOs/border checkposts involved should be consulted to
identify the best time of the day in which to pass through these areas,
and police escort must be requested from the SP/DM of the area to Photo credits: Dr. Parag Nigam
prevent any risk to the vehicles,people and animals. & Wildlife Trust of India
Photos 12 & 13: Rhino transport crate
198
CONSIDERATIONS AT RECIPIENT ZOO

i. Before getting the approval of the Central Zoo Authority, the
veterinarian of the recipient zoo may visit the donor zoo, and a mutual
agreement must be arrived at regarding the animals to be exchanged.
ii. The behaviour, feeding pattern and health of the chosen animals should
be closely monitored.
iii. Animals should be housed in stress-free environments.
HUMAN RESOURCE CONSIDERATIONS AT RECIPIENT ZOO

I. The recipient zoo should arrange well in advance at least one fulltime
keeper for the animal to be received. If the recipient zoo has no prior
experience in managing the animal, the designated keepers should be
sent well in advance to the donor zoo to familiarise themselves with
the husbandry, care, feeding, treatment and daily routines related to the
care of the animal involved.
iv. The recipient zoo should arrange training for the keeper engaged to
look after the newly arrived animal at the donor zoo three months in
advance. A quarantine and health check-up should be carried out
according to veterinary protocols and the relevant guidelines.
v. One Forest Range Officer (In case of Forest Department zoos), one
supervisor, two or three animal attendants and the animal keeper of
the receiving zoo should accompany the animal when it is being
transported. But in the case of species which can be easily handled and
transported, the director of the recipient zoo may decide the number of
people to be sent to receive animals without compromising the safety
and care of the animals.
TRANSPORT VEHICLE CONSIDERATIONS

I. Reputed and experienced companies/firms/NGOs that are experienced
in transporting animals should be selected and engaged. No
compromise should be made in this regard.
ii. An agreement should be signed between the carrier company and
the consigner so that an alternate vehicle will be arranged as early as
possible by the carrier company in case of any breakdown or other
emergencies that may arise en route.
iii. A detailed discussion should be held between the donor, recipient,
transport company and the identified escort team, and responsibilities
and tasks should be allotted.
199
iv. Ensure that the vehicle is fit for the journey. The vehicle should be
serviced, and a thorough check-up should be carried out prior to the
transport. Additionally, information on the fuel level, tyre pressure and
the tool kit and essential spares carried should be obtained. An animal
transport vehicle on a long journey should have two drivers.
v. The mobile numbers and contact details of the drivers, owners,
cleaners, etc. should be given to the coordinators of both the donor
and recipient zoos.
vi. The transport vehicle should be insured. All the vehicle-related
documents should be valid (R.C., insurance papers, driver’s licence,
etc.) and should be checked.
vii. The vehicle should be disinfected properly prior to transport.
viii. Identification of the animals to be transported should be done prior to
loading.
ix. The shortest route among the usable ones should be selected.
x. Before transportation, factors such as the weather forecast and possible
disturbances (blockades, processions, festivals, public functions etc.)
during the proposed transportation period should be taken into account
and the planning carried out accordingly.
xi. Information on zoos and other facilities available en route should be
provided to the personnel of the vehicle so that assistance (food,
health care, etc.) can be obtained as and when needed.
xii. The contact information of directors/veterinarians of zoos en route
should be available with the transporting team. The travel plan
should be communicated to the directors/veterinarians so that they can
provide assistance if required.
xlli. The pilot vehicle should have a representative of the competent
authority and a veterinarian. It should have drugs, equipment for
physical immobilization and communication facilities.
xiv. The personnel should be wearing in uniform with proper dress code.
The vehicle should have the necessary papers/certificates.
xv. The team in the pilot vehicle should inform toll gates/check posts in
advance so that unnecessary delays are avoided.
xvi. The transport vehicle and pilot vehicle should carry emergency
lights, torches with sufficient batteries, drinking water, IV fluids, medical
kits, etc.
200
xvii. For help with safe and secure transportation, the fares department
personnel and agencies such as the police of the districts or states
involved may be contacted.
xviii. The guidelines of lATA, CITES, etc. should be followed wherever
applicable.
Photo Credit: Wildlife Trust of India

Photo 14: Transportation of carnivore
Photo Credit: Dr. Parag Nigam
Photo 15: Specially designed vehicle for transportation

of gaur, at Kanha Tiger Reserve
201
202
Annexure I
Permissions required for international transport of animals
India is a signatory to the Convention on International Trade in

Endangered Species (CITES), and any international transport of wild animals
is governed by this convention. The Director-Wildlife Preservation,
Government of India, is the nodal officer for CITES permits, and the country
is divided into four regions: The Northern Region consists of the states of
Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir
and Rajasthan and the union territory of Delhi and Chandigarh; the Eastern
Region consists of the states of Bengal, Bihar, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh,
Sikkim, Mizoram, Nagaland, Orissa, Tripura, Meghalaya and Manipur; the
Southern Region consists ofthe states ofTamil Nadu,Andhra Pradesh,Kerala
and Karnataka and the union territories of the Andaman & Nicobar Islands,
the Lakshadweep Islands and Pondicherry; and the Western Region consists
ofthe states of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Chattisgarh and Goa and the
union territories of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli.
The Regional Deputy Director (Wildlife Preservation) can be contacted for

obtaining the mandatory CITES permits for international transport of wild
animals. Once a CITES permit has been obtained, permission may be
obtained from the Director General of Foreign Trade for international transport
of wild animals.
203
CITES Management Authorities

Director (Wildlife Preservation)
Management Authority CITES - India
Ministry of Environment & Forests, Government of India Paryavaran
Bhawan, 4th Floor, CGO Complex, Lodi Road New Delhi -110003
Telephone: +91-11-24362285
Fax: +91-11-24363918
Telex: w66185 doe in
Cable: PARYAVARAN NEW DELHI Email: [email protected]
Regional Deputy Director {WCCB) Regional Deputy Director (WLP)

& CITES Asst. Management Eastern Region
Authority Western Region Ministry of Environment & Forests
Ministry of Environment & Forests Wildlife Regional Office
Wildlife Regional Office Nizam Palace, 2nd MSO Bldg.
11,Air Cargo Complex 234/4,AJC Bose Road,
Sahar, Mumbai- 400099 (India) Kolkata - 700020 (India)
Telefax:+91-22-26828184 Telefax:+91-33-2247869
Email: [email protected]
Regional Deputy Director {WCCB) Regional Deputy Director (WCCB}

Southern Region Northern Region
Ministry of Environment & Forests Ministry of Environment & Forests
Wildlife Regional Office, Wildlife Regional Office Barracks
C-2A, Rajaji Bhawan, No.5, Bikaner Office, Shahjahan
Besant Nagar, CGO Complex, Road,
Chennai-600090 New Delhi -110011
Tel. No.: +91-44-24916747 Tel. No.: +91-11-23384556
Email: [email protected] Fax: +91-11-23386012
Email: [email protected]
204
(TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE OF INDIA EXTRAORDINARY

PART II SECTION 3, SUB-SECTION (ii))
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA, MINISTRY OF COMMERCE

NOTIFICATION NO. 27 (RE-98)197.02 NEW DELHI. DATED THE
29TH OCTOBER 1998
S.O.- In exercise of the powers conferred by section 5 of the Foreign Trade

(Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 (No. 22 of 1992) read with paragraph
4.1 of Export and Import Policy 1997-2002, the Central Government hereby
makes the following amendments in the Export and Import Policy, 1997-2002
and ITC(HS) Classification of Export and Import items 1997-2002 published
on 31st March 1997 and amended from time to time.
In Export and Import Policy, Sl. No.1 of Section D, Seeds, Plants and Animals
of Part II of Chapter 15 of Negative List of Imports shall be amended to read
as under:
Sl. Description of Nature of restriction

No. items
1. Animals, birds Import permitted against a license to zoos and
and reptiles zoological parks, circus companies, private
(including individuals, on the recommendation of the Chief
their parts and Wild Life Warden of a State Government subject
products) to the provisions of the Convention on international
Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and
Flora (CITES). For recognized scientific research
institutions, in addition to the above requirement,
the recommendation of the Committee for the
Purpose of Control and Supervision of Experiments
on animals (CPCSEA) under the Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals Act, 1960 shall also be required
for issuance of an Import License.
205
In ITC{HS),Classification of Export and Import in respect of the following Exim

Code nos., conditions relating to the policy indicated in column 4 shall be
amended to read as under:
Exim Description Policy Conditions relating to the policy Import under

Code of Item SIL/ Public
Notice
010119 Other Restricted Import permitted against a 00.90
00.90 license to zoos and zoological
parks,circus companies, private
individuals, on the recommendation
of the Chief Wild Life Warden of a
state government subject to the
provisions of the Convention on
International Trade in Endangered
Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
(CITES). For recognized scientific/
research institutions in addition
to the above requirement, the
recommendation of the Committee
for the Purpose of Control and
Supervision of Experiments on
Animals (CPCSEA) under the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals
Act, 1960 shall also be required for
issuance of an import license.
010120 Other Restricted Import permitted against a
00.90 asses, license to zoos and zoological
mules and parks, circus companies, private
hinnies individuals, on the recommendation
of the Chief Wildlife Warden of a
state government subject to the
(CITES).For recognized scientific/
research institutions, in addition
recommendation of the Committee
issuance of a license.
206

individuals,on the recommendation
State Government subject to the
(CITES). For recognized scientific/
research Institutions, in addition
recommendation of Committee
issuance of a license.
of the Chief Wild Life Warden
of a State Government subject
to the provisions Convention on
(CITES).For recognized scientific/
207

parks, circus companies, private
(CITES). For recognized Scientific/
parks, circus companies, private
(CITES). For recognized Scientific/
This is issued in public interest.
(N.L LAKHANPAL)
DIRECTOR GENERAL OF FOREIGN TRADE AND
EX-OFFICIO ADDITIONAL SECRETARY OF THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
208
Guidelines for exchange or transfer of animals between Zoos
7 (f). Guidelines for exchange or transfer of

animals between Zoos
Preamble:
Initially the Zoos were functioning as Centres for exhibition of wild animals
for satisfying the curiosity of the visitors. Over a period of time, their role has
changed from mere exhibition centres to centres of conservation. The new
role has put upon the Zoos a responsibility of providing the animals in their
stock better housing and upkeep which can ensure that there are no pre-
mature deaths and the animals live a quality life of adequate longevity. Such
measures are crucial for developing self-sustaining population of endangered
species in Zoos and provide viable groups of compatible animals of breeding
age. This objective can be achieved only through expeditious transfer/
exchange of animals from one Zoo to another. Keeping single animals or
unpaired animals merely for the sake of increasing the number of species
on display is counter productive. The Zoo owners and Zoo managers have
to respond to the need for conservation of various species of wild animals
and contribute to it by way of donating and loaning or giving in exchange of
some other species, the single/ unpaired and surplus animals of endangered
species for the conservation programmes identified by the Central Zoo
Authority.
Central Zoo Authority will take every care that all the Zoos are benefited from
the exchange programme.
To achieve this goal, following guidelines are being issued:
Guidelines:
1. The exchange proposals submitted by Zoos will be decided primarily on
the basis of the housing and upkeep facilities available at the recipient
Zoo and viability of the species population group at the donating Zoo.
2. Single animals, unpaired animals and animals in non-viable groups will
be transferred to zoos with appropriate housing and upkeep facilities.
Preference has to be given to the zoos in the normal habitat range of
the species concerned.
3. While approving exchange programme the past track record of the zoo
with regard to success in breeding and infant healthcare and upkeep
shall be given proper weight age.
4. Animals of wild origin shall be treated as precious commodity and their
209
heterozygosity and genetical variability to an optimum level. Such

animals shall not be permitted to stagnate at rescue centres/mini zoos.
5. All animals of endangered species shall be marked or implanted with a
microchip and detailed stud book for such animals maintained. When
approving the exchange proposal due safeguard shall be taken to
prevent breeding the animal from the same lineage.
6. Random removal of animals from a breeding group/ herd will not be
permitted. Preferably only sub-adults shall be removed and allowed for
exchange or transfer.
7. Exchange of animals to zoos outside India, shall be permitted only if it
is in over all interest of the conservation of species concerned and also
helpful in enriching the population of indigenous species in the country.
8. Import of exotic animals in non viable numbers shall be avoided. Such
imports will be permitted only for planned breeding of species identified
by Central Zoo Authority.
9. Prior to entering into an exchange with a foreign zoo, the antecedents
of the foreign zoo and the nature of housing and health care facility
available in the zoo shall be verified.
10. The donating zoo must provide all the details of the animal such as date
of birth/ estimated age, feed chart, healthcare measures adopted etc.
along with the animal while making transaction with the recipient zoo.
Note:(1) The Member Secretary may issue approval of Central Zoo Authority
for exchange proposal involving the wild animal species/individuals not
part of the approved Coordinated Conservation Breeding Programme,
if satisfying the guidelines. (2) All the exchange proposals of wild animal
species/ individuals between Indian Zoos forming part of approved
Coordinated Conservation Breeding Programme will be placed in the
Technical Committee for approval. (3) All the exchange proposals
between Indian and Foreign Zoos will be decided by the Central Zoo
Authority as per recommendations made by the Technical Committee.
(4) In urgent cases and where the meeting of the Technical Committee
or/and Central Zoo Authority is not likely to be held immediately, the
Member Secretary may issue the approval of Central Zoo Authority for
such exchange proposals which satisfy the guidelines with the approval
of the Chairman, Technical Committee and/or Chairman, Central Zoo
Authority respectively as the case may be. However, ex-post-facto
210
Guidelines for exchange or transfer of animals between Zoos
approval will be taken from Technical Committee and/or the Central

Zoo Authority (as the case may be) will be taken for all such proposals
in the next Meeting. (5) Schedule 3 (9) of Rule 10 under Recognition
of Zoo Rules, 2009 (Amendment) Rules, 2013 which reads as "Any
decision of the Central Zoo Authority about any animal being sent to
a particular Zoo for augmenting the number of founder animals for the
conservation breeding programme of the species shall be binding on
the concerned Zoo." will any means be implemented once issued by
the Central Zoo Authority.
Format for exchange of animals

Name of Zoos and Animals to be given
Name of Zoos and Animals to Name of Zoos and Animals to Purpose

be given be given of
Exchange
Species Present Number Stock Species Present Number Stock /Remarks
to be Stock to be with the to be Stock to be with the
Given Given Recipient Given Given Recipient
Zoo Zoo
M:F:U M:F:U M:F:U M:F:U M:F:U M:F:U
PROFORMA FOR EXCHANGE OF

ANIMALS BETWEEN ZOOS
Details about species to be given Details about species to be acquired

A. General A. General
Name of the species Name of the species
Number of individuals in stock and Number of individuals already in
sex ratio stock and sex ratio
Number of individuals to be given Number of individuals to be
and sex ratio acquired and sex ratio
B. Animal Details B. Animal Details
211
1. Age 1. Age
2. Specify whether wild origin/ 2 Specify whether wild origin/
captive bred and generation( captive bred and generation( F1,F2)
F1,F2) 3. Breeding record (whether sired/
3. Breeding record (whether sired/ given birth)
given birth) 4. Studbook number (national/
4. Studbook number (national/ international)
international) 5. Whether marked, then specify (
5. Whether marked, then specify Transponder no./ring/tag etc)
(Transponder no./ring/tag etc)
C. Purpose C. Purpose
1. Breeding 1. Breeding/introduce new blood
2. over crowding/surplus 2. Pairing / Provide mate
3. single or unpaired 3. Forming social group/viable
4. other population
4. other
D. Nature of housing D. Nature of housing
1. Open air/ Closed (specify area 1. Open air/ Closed (specify area in
in sq.mtrs) sq.mtrs)
2. Feeding cells/ kraal 2. Feeding cells/ kraal
(specify dimension in mtrs) and (specify dimension in mtrs) and
number of cells/kraal number of cells/kraal
E. History of the zoo in: E. History of the zoo in:
1. Upkeep 1. Upkeep
2. Breeding 2. Breeding
3. Infant care 3. Infant care
4. Mortality 4. Mortality
*****
212
Procedure and process for acquiring Animals from Zoos abroad
7 (g). Procedure and process for acquiring

Animals from Zoos abroad
Step-1 Animals to be acquired are part of your approved collection plan
Verify whether the animals you propose to acquire are part of your approved
collection plan by the Central Zoo Authority (CZA). If not, obtain prior approval
of CZA for your collection plan before negotiating with a foreign zoo.
Step-2 Negotiating with foreign zoo and obtaining veterinary protocol for
bringing in animals into India
a) While negotiating with the foreign zoo, try to acquire at least 2 pairs or
more number of specimens you propose to add to your collection plan.
This will ensure that even if one animal dies during transit, you are left
with at least three or more specimens. Secondly, tell the exporting zoo
to put a price tag (of minimum value) for the purpose of customs duty,
while agreeing to provide the animals. (The Dept. of Revenue, Govt.
of India can also be approached for waiver of customs duty, but this is
quite cumbersome and time taking).
b) While agreeing to part with animals, the foreign zoo would ask
for veterinary protocol to be followed for import of the animals. An
application has to be made to Assistant Commissioner (Trade), Dept. of
Animal Husbandry, Dairying & Fisheries, Govt. of India, Krishi Bhawan,
New Delhi-110001 seeking guidelines for the same. {This again takes
time, one has to pursue on telephone}. All correspondence to Assistant
commissioner shall also be marked to The Commissioner, Dept. of
Animal Husbandry, Dairying & Fisheries, Govt. of India, Krishi Bhawan,
New Delhi-110001 for his information.
Step-3 NOC of Chief Wildlife Warden and approval of Central Zoo Authority
Once you have firmly entered into an agreement with the foreign zoo for
an exchange, move the proposal to Chief Wildlife Warden of the State for
seeking no objection from the States point of view. Thereafter submit the
proposal to Central Zoo Authority for their approval.
Step-4 NOC of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Govt. of India

As soon as Central Zoo Authority approves the proposal, move an application
to the Director (Wildlife Preservation), Ministry of Environment, Forests &
213
Climate Change, Govt. of India, Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, New Delhi for
obtaining a no objection certificate towards import of the animals.
Step-5 Submission of Application to regional office of Wildlife Crime

Control Bureau, MoEF for issue of CITES import permit and Director
General of Foreign Trade for import certificate
a) Communicate your approvals to the donor foreign zoo for facilitating
issue of CITES export permit/ NOC from CITES angle by their
concerned CITES management authority.
b) Obtain a copy of CITES export permit from the foreign Zoo and submit
an application to the Regional Deputy Director, Wildlife Crime Control
Bureau of the region / port of entry (where the zoo is proposing to
disembark the animals into India) for issue of CITES import permission.
The NOC obtained from the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State shall
also form part of the application.
c) Submit an application to Director General of Foreign Trade, New Delhi
for seeking permission to import animals. 3 copies of ANF1 (Aayat
Niryat Form-1) and 3 copies of ANF2B (Aayat Niryat Form 2B) shall be
submitted with copies of all approvals. A copy each of these forms shall
also be submitted to Joint Director General Foreign Trade of the region
where the zoo is located (Offices of Joint Director General Foreign
Trade are located in most of state capitals barring a few.)
d) An Import Export Code (IEC) is required to be obtained prior to getting
the import certificate. Govt. run zoos need not obtain the same as they
are exempted and permanent IEC has been allotted by DGFT. Private
zoos run by registered societies and trust also need not obtain IEC
(exemption for the same has to be obtained by informing the DGFT
that animals being imported are not for commercial purpose- visit DGFT
website for details)
Step-6 Engaging a customs house agent (CHA) for helping in airport

quarantine, CITES and customs clearance
Once all above permissions are in place and dates finalised for import of
animals, hire a registered CHA having prior knowledge of dealing in customs
clearance of animals. (Help of Regional Animal Quarantine Officer at the
airport could be obtained for identifying a responsible CHA of experience).
A copy of the veterinary certificate of the animals being imported should be

obtained from the foreign zoo and submitted to Regional Animal Quarantine
214
Procedure and process for acquiring Animals from Zoos abroad
Officer before hand itself. This will facilitate faster release of animals at the
airport.
It is mandatory to keep imported animals under quarantine at the port of entry

for a minimum period of 21 days before they can be taken to the zoo. But it has
been seen that most of time holding facility for animals at the quarantine centre
does not exist. Thus the zoo themselves take responsibility for keeping the
animals under quarantine in their campus. A letter from the veterinary officer
of the zoo would be required declaring that proper quarantine arrangement
exist in the zoo and submitted to the Regional Animal Quarantine Officer
before hand itself.
Step-7 Transportation of animals from airport
If your zoo happens to be near the international airport / port of entry

transportation of the animals can be carried out on a truck. One has to ensure
that prior to loading of animals on truck; the same shall be properly sterilized.
If one is proposing to carry animals on long distance (1000km or more),

Indian railways is always preferable, as animals will be subject to less stress.
However, for this prior permission of the concerned regional railways have to
obtain. Generally the Chief Commercial manager of concerned zone / region
deals with the matter. Secondly, Animal Welfare Board of India has brought
in legislation for transportation of animals by road and railways. Therefore
before embarking upon transportation, one has to obtain prior permission
of the board or from a recognized animal welfare officer on prescribed form.
This is mandatory for transporting animals by Rail.
Important Notes:
1. It is mandatory to obtain prior NOC from the concerned Chief Wildlife
Warden of the state before applying to Central Zoo Authority.
2. It is mandatory to seek prior permission of the Central Zoo Authority for
importing any animal into an Indian Zoo.
3. Very young and very old animals should not be imported. General age
class should be between 4 to 6 years, i.e the animals should have been
properly weaned and do not depend on their mothers / Keepers for food.
The importing zoo should obtain detailed history sheets of the animals
being acquired prior to agreeing to receive them. (All accredited zoos
in the world are on ISIS data base and maintain records as per the ISIS
norms.)
215
4. If the importing zoo is receiving exotic animals for first time, they should
train their keepers on husbandry matters either at the exporting zoo or
in any Indian zoo having the animals, before the animals land up in the
zoo.
5. As permissions are required to be obtained from multifarious
government agencies, continuous persuasion is required.
216
Guidelines for release of zoo animals into the wild
7 (h). Guidelines for release of zoo animals

into the wild
Release of genetically, biologically and behaviourally viable zoo bred animals
in an objective and planned manner in accordance with a well conceived
guidelines is an important tool for conservation of wildlife. However, unplanned
release of zoo bred animals of unknown pedigree and genetic make up and
poor health status often lead to disastrous consequences. In this background
strict adherence to the guidelines while releasing any zoo bred/captive bred
animals into the wild is crucial.
Objectives of release of zoo bred/ captive bred animals into the wild
1. Augmenting the depleting number of endangered species in any
ecosystem.
2. Reintroducing the species in an area which was part of its historical
range, from which the species has disappeared or become extinct
due to various factors.
3. Introduction of the species in areas outside its recorded range
of distribution, in the habitat that have the potential to hold and
support the species on a sustained basis without becoming a
vermin/ pest.
4. Experimental releases for developing expertise in rehabilitating
the zoo bred/ captive bred animals in the wild and preparing
detailed protocol for planned release of the species for any of
above objectives.
Pre requisites for a successful release programme

1. Capacity of wildlife habitat at the release sight to accommodate
and support the released animals and their progeny on a sustained
basis, without adversely impacting the population of other species
inhabiting the area.
2. Capacity of the animals that are being released to adopt itself in
the wild and fend itself successfully.
3. Mitigation/ redressal of the factors that have been responsible
for the decline in the size of the in-situ population of the species/
extinction of the species from the area.
217
4. Release of the animals not posing/ having a potential to pose any

physical or health hazard to the local human population and their
livestock.
5. Acceptability of the release programme to the local population.
6. Availability of trained and dedicated man power to execute the
preparatory phase, carrying out planned and successful release
and conducting post release monitoring of the released animals.
7. Commitment of the Government to support the programme and
provide finances and other resources on a sustained basis for
various phases of the release programme.
Strategy for successful release of zoo bred/ captive bred animals in

the wild
A. Preparatory phase
I. Biological
(i) Assessment of taxanomic status of the animals earmarked
for the release and ensuring that they pertain to the same
species/ race that is naturally occurring/ occurred in the
area.
(ii) Assessment of the critical needs of the species to be
released including habitat preferences, intra specific
variations and adaptations to the local ecological
conditions, social behaviour and group dynamics, home
range shelter and food requirements, foraging and feeding
behaviour, predators and diseases etc. Over all to have
and analyse a firm knowledge of the natural history of the
species to be released.
(iii) Species if any, that has filled in the void created by the
extinction of the species from the area and effect of the
release on the status of the population of that species.
(iv) Determining the optimal number of animals that can be
released each year and most appropriate period for the
release.
(v) Evaluation of previous releases of the species and
identification of the problems, mitigation of which is crucial,
and priority areas which need to be attended for making
the release successful.
218
Guidelines for release of zoo animals into the wild
II. Choice of the release site

(i) The site of release should have an habitat that has all the
biological attribute necessary for sustained survival of the
released animals and their progeny and have adequate
carrying capacity to accommodate the released animals
and their progeny. As a rule no releases of zoo bred/
captive animals should be done in adequately stocked
habitat.
(ii) The area of release should have assured long term
protection against all the factors that can inhibit the future
propogation and healthy growth of the population of
species released.
III. Suitability of the stock for release
(i) Animals for release in the wild should be drawn out from the
planned conservation breeding programme being carried
out under the supervision of the Central Zoo Authority.
(ii) Animals selected for the release should be thoroughly
screened for their biological, behavioural and genetic
health in accordance with protocol development by the
National Referral Centre and LaCONES. No animal that is
found lacking in any of the prescribed standards should be
selected for release.
Release of the zoo bred/captive bred animals in the wild

The animals earmarked for the release should be initially shifted to facility
specially created near the release site which has all the attributes of the
wildlife habitat in which the animals are to be released to give them time and
opportunity to acquire necessary information and skills to survive in the wild,
through training, through experts if so required. They should be released in the
wild when their behaviour becomes comparable with their wild counterpart.
Socio-economic-Legal Requirements
(i) Socio-Economic studies should be made to assess the impacts,
costs and benefits of the proposed release to the local population.
(ii) Thorough assessment of the attitude of the local people to the
proposed release project should be made and their apprehension
if any, should be properly redressed. No release of animals in wild
should be made in the wild against the wishes of the local people.
219
(iii) Public awareness programme about the benefits of proposed

release should be made both through print media and electronic
media.
General
(i) The execution of all the phases of the release programme should
be carried out under the supervision of multi disciplinary team of
experts.
(ii) Long term and short term indicators for quantifying the success of
the release programme should be identified.
(iii) Detailed programme for all the phases of the release should be
developed so that each stage can be meticulously implemented in
planned and scientific manner.
(iv) Necessary vaccinations against local endemic and epidemic
diseases should be given to all the livestock that is likely to share
the habitat with the released species.
(v) Transport plan for the animals should be so prepared and
executed that no mortalities take place during the transport.
(vi) Appropriate orientation and training programmes should be
organized for all the persons involved in the release programme.
Post release activities

(i) Continued demographic, ecological and behavioural studies on
released animals should be done both through direct (telemetry/
monitoring of movements) and indirect methods (information
provided by local people).
(ii) Status of adaptation of the animal in the wild should be regularly
assessed and desired interventions should be made wherever
necessary. Released animals should be retrieved and brought
back to the captive facilities in case the intervention do not
succeed despite all efforts.
(iii) Habitat protection/restoration and enrichment should be done
wherever necessary.
(iv) Continued evaluation of the success of the programme with
reference to identified parameters and results should be published
in scientific journals/ popular literature.
*****
220
Guidelines on minimum dimension of enclosures for
housing animals of different species in Zoos
7(i). Guidelines on minimum dimension of enclosures

for housing animals of different species in Zoos
Introduction
The Central Government has, through amendment of the Wild Life (Protection)
Act, 1972 and notification of Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009, prescribed
minimum standards and norms for housing, upkeep and healthcare of Indian
animals housed in the different zoos of the country. However guidelines on
the minimum dimension on housing of various exotic species of animals
and birds are not yet prescribed 137 species of exotic animals and birds are
currently housed in various Indian zoos.
Dimensions and size of animal enclosures

In order to meet the above requirement, a sub-committee was constituted to
develop the minimum prescribed standards for housing the exotic animals
and birds. Following recommendations of the committee are prescribed:-
(1) As per the Recognition of Zoo Rules, 2009, the land area to be
given to any animal exhibit enclosure should be decided giving
due regard to the maximum number of animals that can be
displayed in the animal enclosure. Many times multiple species
can be housed together for display. However, the maximum
number of animals that can be displayed in a single enclosure
shall vary from species to species.
(2) The area of the enclosure should have adequate land space
for facilitating the animals to have free movement and exercise,
adequate area to rest in shade and bask in the sun and have safe
refuge from dominant animals and express their natural, social
and reproductive behaviour.
(3) The animal exhibit enclosures should not be given geometrical
shapes, as the presence of corners is not congenial to smooth
and unrestricted movement of animals. Enclosures with greater
depth facilitate the animals to keep a safe distance from the
visitors and are always preferable.
(4) The dimensions and the area of any enclosure should be
decided giving due regard to various factors mentioned above
and the topography and naturalistic features of site identified for
construction of the enclosure. The indicative sizes for the outdoor
221
enclosures and feeding cubicles/night shelter of exotic animals

are given in Annexure I. Since, the indicative sizes for outdoor
enclosures at Annexure I are minimum, zoo operator should
always try to provide for larger and bigger outdoor to the extent
possible.
It is desired that display of animals in a zoo should be done on the concept of

nature immersing enclosures with following objectives:
(i) Landscape around every animal exhibit/ enclosure should
comprise of plantations of appropriate tree and shrub species
of adequate extent and of such shape that the enclosure should
not be visible to the visitors from any place other than the animal
viewing areas.
(ii) All the hard exteriors of the enclosure i.e. the enclosure barrier
and the frontage of the feeding cells, feeding kraals should be
effectively camouflaged through planting of bamboo, dwarf tree
species and shrubs.
(iii) Planting of appropriate trees and shrubs should be done around
the animal viewing areas to break up the visitors into small viewing
groups.
(iv) Visitors should be made to move through the green landscape
around the enclosure for reasonable distances.
(v) Planting of appropriate trees species should be done in the
enclosure to ensure that entire animal enclosure is not visible to
the visitors from any of the viewing points. The animal should be
seen to the visitors in its near natural settings.
(vi) Enclosure Barrier-Barrier of every enclosure should be of a design,
dimension and material that can effectively contain the animals
housed within the enclosure and safeguard against any animal
escaping from the enclosure. Due care should also be taken to
ensure that the shutters and doors fitted in the enclosure, kraal
and feeding cell are of such material and design that these can
not be broken/ opened by the animals housed in the enclosure.
The barriers of all the enclosures, except the animal viewing area
could comprise of natural cliffs (if any), wall, glass, power fence
or chain-link fence, etc. of prescribed dimensions. However, in
animal exhibit enclosures, provision of a moat could be made
in the animal viewing area, to facilitate the visitors in having an
222
unobstructed view of the animals without getting close to them.

Wet moats shall normally not be used as enclosure barrier for the
viewing area except in case of water loving animals. The total land
area under moat should not exceed 20% of the land area of the
enclosure.
(vii) Other safeguards :
(a) Due care should be taken to ensure that no power line/
power cable passes over any animal enclosure.
(b) Enclosure barrier should be erected/ constructed at a safe
distance from such trees that can aid the animals to escape
from the enclosure or damage the enclosure barrier.
(c) Where walls are used as enclosure barriers, due care
should be taken to plaster the same with such proportion
of cement mix that the plaster does not wither away
leaving gaps that could be used by the animal as holds for
escaping out of the enclosure.
(d) Live wire overhangs or chainlink should be used to prevent
the animals from escaping out of the enclosure.
(e) Water pipelines and sanitary fittings should be fixed within
the enclosure in such a manner that the same can not be
used by the animal as aid to escape from the enclosures.
(f) Adequately a deep foundation should be provided for
enclosure barrier housing the burrowing species.
(g) Attention should be given to different barrier materials,
fixtures, shutters etc. to see that they are safe and can not
be broken or cause injuries to animals.
223
Minimum prescribed size for feeding/retiring

cubicle for important mammalian species of
exotic animal and birds.
S. Name of the species Minimum Number Size of the Minimum

No. size of the of feeding size of
outdoor animals cubicles/ the water
enclosure /birds night shelter body (if
(sq. mtrs.) to be (mtrs.) any) (in
housed (Length x sq. mtrs.)
Breadth x
Height) for
each animal/
bird.
1. Flightless birds, Emu, 500 (upto 10 1:1 3 x 2 x 2.5 -
Cassowary, nos.)
2. Exotic Pheasants 80 (with 1:3 -
minimum
size of the
aviary – 3 x
3 x 6 m)
3. Flying birds 80 (with 2:2 Height of -
minimum the aviary
size of the should be 6
aviary – 3 x mts
3 x 6 m)
4. Parrots, Macaws, 80 (with 2:2 Height of -
Cockatoos, Conures, minimum the aviary
Rosella size of the should be 5
aviary – 3 x mts
3 x 6 m)
5 Baboon, Capuchin, 500 1:1 2 x 1.5 x 2.5 -
Lemur, exotic monkeys
224
6. Marmosets, Squirrel 50 1:1 1 x 1.5 x 2 -

monkey
7. European bear 1000 1:1 2.5 x 1.8 x -
2.5
8. Cape buffalo 1500 1:1 3 x 2 x 2.5 -
9. Chimpanzee, 1000 1:1 2.75 x 1.8 -
Orangutan, Gorilla x3
10. Fallow deer, Sikka deer 1000 2:3 3 x 2 x 2.5 -
& Lechwe deer
11 African elephant 5000 1:1 8 x 6 x 5.5 -
12 Giraffe 1500 1:1 8 x 5.5 x 6 -
13 Hippopotamus 1000 1:1 5 x 3 x 2.5 -
14 Jaguar 500 1:1 2 x 1.8 x 2.5 -
15 African Lion 1000 1:1 2.75 x 1.8 -
x3
16 African Rhino/ White 2000 1:1 5 x 3 x 2.5 -
Rhino
17 Tapir 500 1:1 2.5 x 1.5 x 100 m2
2.5
18 Tigers (other than 1000 1:1 2.75 x 1.8 -
Bengal tiger) x3
19 Zebra 1500 1:1 3 x 2 x 2.5 -
20 Wallaby 300 1:1 2.5 x 1.5 x -
2.5 The floor
should have
a provision
of ramp.
225
21 Crocodiles/ 500 1:1 200 (with

Alligator African Dwarf, a depth of
American, Australian 2 mtrs.)
Freshwater, False
gharial Crocodile
Morelets, Nile,
Siamensis, Snouted,
African Slender,
West African Dwarf
Gavial False, Caiman
Spectacled, Yacare &
Dwarf.
22 Iguana 100 1:2 No house May also
(covered required keep
partly by reptile
chain link house/
glass
terrarium
type
enclosure
23 Giant Aldabra tortoise 200 1:1 With 20 sq. -
mtrs. (small
shade from
rain & heat)
24 Small aviary birds 15 2:3 Earthen -
(Love birds, finches, pots of
Lorikeet, Java appropriate
sparrows, Munia, size for
Budgerigar nesting
and shelter
should be
provided.
226
Minimum prescribed size for Feeding/Retiring Cubicle

for important mammalian Species of Captive Animals
Name Size of the feeding Name of the Size of the feeding

of the cubicle/night shelter species cubicle/ night shelter
Species for each animal for each animal
(meters) (meters)
Length Breadth Height Length Breadth Height
Tiger, Asiatic 2.75 1.80 3.00
lion
Common 2.00 1.80 2.5 Musk deer, Nilgiri 2.5 1.5 2.5
leopard, Tahr, Chinkara,
Clouded Four horned
leopard & antelope, Bharal,
Snow leopard Goral, Wild sheep
and Markhor
Small Cats 1.8 1.50 2.0 Mouse deer 1.5 1.0 1.5
Sloth bear, 2.5 1.8 2.5

Himalayan black
bear, Brown
bear and
Malayan sun
bear
Monkeys and 2.0 1.5 2.5

Langurs
Civets, 2.0 1.5 2.5

Binturong,
Otters, Ratel,
Hogbadger,
Martens,
Red panda,
Wolf, Jackal
and Wild dog
Elephant 8.0 6.0 5.5 Slow loris and 1.0 1.0 1.5
Slender loris
One-horned 5.0 3.0 2.5

Indian
Rhinoceros
Wild buffalo, 3.0 2.0 2.5

Yak, Indian gaur
and Wild ass
Brow antlered 3.0 2.0 2.5

deer, Hangul
& Swamp deer
227
Minimum prescribed sizes for outdoor open enclosures

for important Mammalian Species in Captivity
Animals/ Species Minimum size Minimum extra

of outdoor area per additional
enclosure animal
(per pair) (Square meters)
(Square meters)
Tiger and Lion 1000 200

Panther, Clouded leopard 500 100
and Snow leopard
One-horned Indian 2000 400
Rhinoceros
Brow antlered deer, 1500 100
Hangul, Swamp deer
Wild buffalo, Indian bison 1500 200
and Wild ass
Bharal, Goral, Wild
sheep and Serow 500 100
Sloth bear, Himalayan 1000 100
black bear, Brown bear
and Malayan sun bear
Red panda, Jackal, 400 100
Wolf and Wild dog
Monkeys and Langurs 500 100
MINIMUM PRESCRIBED SIZES FOR OUTDOOR

ENCLOSURES FOR IMPORTANT BIRDS IN CAPTIVITY
Animals/ Species Minimum Minimum Minimum size
size of height of of the water
Aviary the aviary body within
(Square (meters) the aviary
meters) (Square
meters)
Birds of prey 300 8 10
Pheasant * 80 3 3
Water birds (mixed 300 8 60 (with a
species enclosure) depth of 1.5m)
Flying birds (mixed 300 8 20
species enclosure)
Flying birds 80 6 2
(single species)
* In case of Peafowl the aviary size should be kept 160 sq. m.
228
MINIMUM PRESCRIBED SIZES FOR OUTDOOR OPEN

MINIMUM PRESCRIBED
ENCLOSURES SIZES FOR REPTILES
FOR IMPORTANT OUTDOOR AND
OPEN
ENCLOSURES FOR IMPORTANT
AMPHIBIANS REPTILES AND
IN CAPTIVITY
AMPHIBIANS IN CAPTIVITY
Animals/ Species Minimum size of Minimum size of the
the enclosure water body within
(Square meters) the enclosure
(Square meters)
Crocodile/ Gharial 400 150 (with a depth of
2 meters)
Python 80 6
Cobra, Rat snake, Vipers 40 4
Sand boas 40 4
Monitor lizards * 80 6
Chameleons and 40 4
Small lizards
Tortoises 40 4
Turtles 80 40 (with a depth of 2
meters)
Amphibians 10 4 (with a depth of 0.5
meter)
* In case of Water monitor lizard the size of water body should be kept at 40 sq.
meters with a depth of 1.5 meters.
NOTE
1. The dimensions have been given only in respect of the species,
which are commonly displayed in zoos.
2. No dimensions for outdoor enclosure have been prescribed for
Chinkara and Chowsingha because of the problem of infighting
injuries. The enclosure for these species could be a group of small
sized enclosures with fewer animals in each. Care should be taken to
ensure that there should be no competing mating males in each small
enclosure.
3. The designs of enclosures for endangered species, not covered by
this Appendix, should be finalized only after approval of the Central
Zoo Authority.
229
7 (j). Guidelines on use of innovative exhibit design

and barriers' design for holding and display of
animals and birds in Indian Zoos
1. Animal Types, Enclosure & Barrier Recommendations
Animal Front barrier Rear barrier Remarks

Tiger, Asiatic V-shaped dry U-shaped dry 1. The hot wire
Lion or wet moats, moats OR chain- barrier may
glass viewing link fences of 5 be provided to
structures at m high with 1.5 prevent animals
special viewing m overhang at coming into the
areas. Depth 600 angle or high moat.
of moat: 5m rock walls. 2. In case of want
Horizontal width of space for a
at he top: 8 m moat, all sides
can be provided
with chain-link
mesh fence
with glass fixed
at 2/3 places
for unhindered
viewing.
Leopard/Jaguar 1. Chain link mesh fence of 4 m high For a unhindered
with inclined inward steel plate of vision, use
one meter width on the top. The steel of toughened
plate should be placed at an angle glass of proper
of 600. specifications at
one or two points
2. Wherever space is available 5 could be used.
meter deep moat with overhang of
hot wire.
Jackal, Wolf, V-shaped (flat V-shaped (flat
Hyena, Wild dog bottomed) dry bottomed) dry
moats on the moats or chain-
visitor side. link fences of 2.5
Depth of moat: m in height.
2.6 m Width of
moat: 5 m
230
Guidelines on use of innovative exhibit design and barriers' design
for holding and display of animals and birds in Indian Zoos
Bear/Civets/ U-shaped / U-shaped / The steel plate

Lesser cats V-shaped dry V-shaped dry should be placed
moats on the moats or high at an angle of
visitor side. smooth walls, or 600.
chain-link fence
of 4m high with
inclined inward
steel plate of one
meter width on
the top.
Primates U-shaped / V-shaped dry moats, a. In case
shallow wet moats, netted aviaries of moated
with glass viewing. enclosures, the
inner side of the
Moat width for langur: 7 m enclosure should
Moat depth for langur: 5 m be provided with
overhang with
Moat width for macaque: 6 m 2 strands of hot
Moat depth for macaque: 4 m wire attached
below the
or chain-link mesh of 5 m high with slanting portion.
inclined steel plate of 1m width. b. The moated
enclosure should
have clearance
of tree of at
least 9 m from
the inner side of
fence/moat.
Deer and Chain-link V-shaped (flat a. The visitors
antelopes fences all around bottomed) dry view should be
the paddock, moats or chain- restricted.
V-shaped (flat link fences
bottomed) dry b. Slope should
moats of 2.5 m be grass sodded
depth having (turfed) or
slope width of stone pitched
6m. depending on the
site condition.
231
Gaur, Wild Boar, V-shaped dry moats, or low walls

Rhinoceros, (clay banks), cattle grids (for gaur)
Asian Elephant or 5 meters away a sunken B.G. Rail
Barrier with 1 to 1.5m high or hot wire
fence made in depression, created
by excavating earth for camouflaging
it from viewer.
Pheasant Covered type enclosure of wire mesh a. The double
of 3 meter high, 8 m depth, 4 m width galvanized
mesh of 12mm
x 12mm x 4g
should be placed
0.5m below the
earthen surface
to prevent
rodents.
b. The plinth
should have 7
cm (over hang)
to prevent
rodents/snakes
approaching the
chain link mesh
from the viewer
side or either
side.
Walk through i. The area for the walk through a. Adequate
aviary aviary should not be less than 2 vegetation
hectares with at least 100 m wide should be
withdrawal area for the birds. provided
ii. The height of the aviary should be b. Provision
18 m. of board walk
shall be ideal for
visitors.
232
Guidelines on use of innovative exhibit design and barriers' design
for holding and display of animals and birds in Indian Zoos
Terrestrial birds The height of the mesh covered Sufficient

enclosure should be at least 5 vegetation
meters. and perches
should be made
available to the
birds.
Water bird aviary i. The chain link mesh covered a. The chain
aviary could be ideal. link used for the
aviary should be
ii. The height of the aviary should be off 45 m x 12-15
kept 12 m. m in dimension.
b. The 50% of
the enclosure
area should be
covered by water
body with flaring
angle or aeration.
Birds of Prey/ The dimension of the chain link
flying birds mesh covered should be 45mx12-
15mx12m high
Crocodile / Open ‘V’ shape moated enclosure a. It must be
Gharial with dry moat should be provided. ensured that
enclosure enclosure should
have at least 20%
space covered by
water (pool).
b. Sufficient area
shall be provided
for basking. Sand
must be available
for gharials for
basking and egg-
laying.
2 (a). Other decisions taken in the meeting are as follows:-

(i) It was agreed there should be increasing use of other barriers like
hot wire (power fence), concealed ones, glass fronted viewing,
rails etc.
233
(ii) Use of stainless steel instead of mild steel, particularly on posts

and chain-link mesh should be encouraged due to its longevity,
avoidance of rust and lighter weight.
(iii) Environmental enrichment like perches, dens, ledges, nesting
boxes, feeding logs, wooden logs, wooden platform, wallow,
pools, logs, vegetation, bunchy earth should be provided in the
exhibits. For this a letter can be addressed to all the zoos for
sending their plan with requirement of funds for the purpose. This
can be supported by CZA as it is a small component.
In case of new enclosures, it should be in built with the design and should be
limited to 2% of cost.
(iv) Nocturnal animal houses should provide adequate space, with
open air kraal and sufficient number of animals to be rotated and
arrangement for proper regulation of lighting.
(v) Reptile houses particularly in the cooler regions, should be
covered and glass fronted with assured heating arrangement in
winter i.e. back up power supply.
(vi) Large, medium and small zoos located in urban areas or within
500 meters from human habitations should be bounded with
perimeter wall on all sides of 2 m height from the ground level.
(vii) In case of zoos with less than 10 hectares area, creation of
moated enclosures should be avoided.
2(b) Use of different materials in barriers

Use of different materials in designing barriers at animal enclosures was
discussed and it was decided to use many alternative materials like stainless
steel mesh and posts, anodized aluminum frame, piano wire, hot wire (power
fence), glass, vegetation, rail, invisible cattle grid type barrier.
2(c) Use of alternatives

No particular barrier can be specified for all situations. Different materials
can be used either completely or in combination depending on the species,
space, availability, topography, climate and existing display type of the zoo.
There should be scope for innovation by the zoo management.
*****
234
Guidelines for the Utilization of Volunteers in Zoo Management in India
7 (k). Guidelines for the Utilization of Volunteers

in Zoo Management in India
OBJECTIVES:
The purpose of the Zoo Volunteer programme is to render services to zoo
in a voluntary manner for the purpose of assisting the management in its
day to day function. The volunteer can participate in reception work/visitor
management, zoo education programmes, maintenance work of the zoo
and animal care and health management. Volunteers benefit by enriching
their own experience and learning, while providing quality service to the zoo,
which are short of adequate trained or qualified manpower.
VOLUNTEER WORK AREAS:

1. Manning the visitor information desk
Along with regular information centre staff, volunteer will act as an information
resource for guests by providing directions, answering questions, and aiding
in complaint resolution at the entrance and key positions throughout the Zoo.
Assisting with administrative office functions for some specified areas relating
to visitor control and management
2. Zoo education and awareness programme

The zoos most important mandate is Nature education and awareness. In
order to assist in this work a volunteer requires an education training program.
Those volunteers who can spare more time and are dedicated, should be
encouraged for this activity. The zoo education staff will give specific training
for this work. Information on Zoo mission, purpose, vision, goals and values
and animal collection will be given, which will be then shared with general
public around the Zoo. Other work involves aiding in the efficient entrance
of school groups on days of high group attendance e.g. educational tours
for students inside the animal exhibit area or guiding through interpretation
center. A volunteer can also be engaged in providing running commentary on
different biological aspects in a safari vehicle.
3. Gift Shop
Help in the gift shop with assisting customers and perform basic retail
procedures.
4. Zoo maintenance work

There will be assignments that will come up randomly throughout the year
235
and will involve in Zoo animal enclosure area and public utility area cleaning,
landscaping, sign boards' designing, etc
5. Children Playground Attendant

The playgrounds where the children play need assistance of supervisor and
those who would like to help and entertain young children and take care of
their safety can work here.
6. Special Events Volunteer

Help with annual/periodical/occasional events like Essay, painting and
elocution competition and organisation of other special events organised by
the zoo.
7. Substitute
Volunteer will be on call to come in when a need arises such as in situation
where another volunteer is unable to make their scheduled time. Be trained in
the numerous areas so that they can fill in or substitute when required.
8. Tour Guide
He/she will take groups around the premises and explain and interpret nature
of the animal and exhibits to the visitor. This requires an outgoing, enthusiastic
and dedicated individual.
9. Volunteer Management Team

Volunteers who have demonstrated a commitment to the Zoo may be asked
to accept greater responsibility at the discretion of the Volunteer Coordinator.
10. Grounds Keepers

Assist Zoo Staff in improving and maintaining Zoo grounds and other outdoor
projects throughout the year.
11. Animal Feed store

Assist in preparing the feed for supply to animals
12. Animal Healthcare

Assist in providing Veterinary care if you are a veterinarian or a trained
paramedic (vet).
236
RECRUITMENT:
New Volunteers will be recruited through advertising in zoo website, print and
electronic media. Those who have completed secondary school examination
shall be eligible to act as volunteer. Those volunteering for specialised jobs
requiring higher or specialised qualification should at least hold minimum
qualification in that field. Test and Personal Interviews shall be conducted to
select the volunteers. Prospective Volunteers will be required to complete an
orientation process and complete an application form (Annexure I). An ID
shall be issued to all volunteer.
1. Requirements
Applicants to the programme must be 18 years of age or older. An
enthusiastic, friendly and positive attitude and the ability to work well with a
diverse audience and under diverse and adverse condition is also required.
All applicants must be cleared by a background check before they begin
training.
2. Training
The Zoo Education Department shall be responsible for the orientation
training of all Volunteers. Training sessions for new Volunteers shall be offered
at least twice a year, the scheduling and content of which shall be planned
by the Education wing. Continuing Education and Membership workshops
and special sessions shall be held throughout the year. Workshops will be
arranged by the Volunteer Education Committee. Social activities suited to
the needs and interests of the Volunteers shall be planned throughout the
year. In case of need, volunteer may be sent to the zoos/facilities in the same
or other city for orientation to provide best exposure.
3. Time Commitment
Volunteers must work based on time commitment schedule, decided in
consultation with volunteer and zoo volunteer programme co-ordinator.
Benefit to Volunteer
1. Special Awards Certificate of Participation
A zoo volunteer who has rendered service of at least 30 days during a period
of one year will be granted a Certificate of Participation.
A Zoo Volunteer who has been active for two (2) or more consecutive years,
and who has contributed exemplary and exceptional service to the Zoo,
237
may be granted special award. A committee shall be constituted to award

certificate/recognition to eligible volunteers
2. Payment to Volunteers
Volunteering is an opportunity for people to give their time, energy and skills.
Volunteers are entitled to out-of-pocket expenses for their volunteering
activities. Where someone incurs expenses as a direct result of their
volunteering activities they should be reimbursed. Out of pocket expenses for
volunteers may include:
yy travelling expenses to and from where they are working as a volunteer
yy other subsistence costs – e.g. food and drink
yy any special clothing and/or tools
yy training
Organisations should ensure that they do not pay volunteers expenses

at a flat rate, regardless of the actual expenses incurred; as this greatly
increases the chance that the relationship will fall within the scope of regular
employment. Payment of out-of-pocket expenses to a reasonable level is
legitimate. Organisations should:
yy produce detailed guidelines on expenses
yy provide all volunteers with information about claiming out-of-pocket
expenses
yy provide budget for volunteers’ expenses
3. Volunteer Out of pocket expenses

Amount of volunteer fees that a zoo should provide is limited to the prevailing
schedule of rates for unskilled worker and travel cost from place of residence
to the zoo by public transport. If food/meals are given to the volunteer its
actual cost may be deducted from the out of pocket expenses.
Zoo may also opt some other suitable staff welfare scheme for the volunteer
as well to encourage and boost their confidence in taking up assignments
in the zoo. The volunteer must sign the Statement of Confidentiality and
Organizational Ethics (Annexure II).
Selection/ re-engagement criteria:

Recruiting or re-engagement of any applicant or existing volunteer should not
238
be a matter of right if he/she is otherwise eligible. The zoo management shall

reserve the right to accept any one or reject any application without assigning
any reason for the same considering the sensitive nature of a volunteer’s
work and damage that can be caused by a undesirable applicant as he/she
get access to all parts of the zoo and animals. Every effort should be made to
see that the applicant posses right aptitude for such a job.
ZOO VOLUNTEER ETHICS NORMS AND CODE OF CONDUCT

The details on volunteer ethics and code of conduct have been elaborated in
the Annexure III.
WARNING OF RISK
Despite being careful and proper preparation, instruction, medical advice,
conditioning and equipment, there is still a risk of serious injury when
providing volunteer services. Understandably, not all hazards and dangers
can be foreseen. Volunteers must understand that depending upon the
volunteer services, certain risks, dangers and injuries due to accidents,
inclement weather, slip and falls, inadequate or defective equipment, failure
in supervision or instruction, premises defects, horseplay, carelessness, lack
of skill or technique, and all other circumstances inherent to the particular
volunteer services exist. In this regard, it must be recognized that it is
impossible for the Zoo to guarantee absolute safety.
WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS AND ASSUMPTION OF RISK

Those providing volunteer services will be expressly assuming the risk and
legal liability and waiving and releasing all claims for injuries, damages
or loss which they may sustain as a result of participating in any and all
activities connected with and associated with volunteer services (including
transportation services/vehicle operations, when provided). The volunteer will
sign a waiver form to relinquish all claims (Annexure IV)
239
Annexure - I
VOLUNTEER APPLICATION FORM
yy Name:
yy Father's Name:
yy Date of Birth:
yy Nationality:
yy Address:
yy City:
yy Home Phone & E-mail:
yy Cell Phone & Work Phone:
yy Areas of Interest:
yy Hours of service willing to render ( Indicate days and month):
yy Languages Spoken:
yy Fluency in languages:
yy Previous experience of voluntary service (NSS, NCC, NGO etc)
Background Information
Have you ever been convicted of a crime other than minor traffic violations?
Yes/No
yy Offence Date
yy Location Fine/sentence
yy Are you currently on probation, parole, or awaiting trial?
Your application is subject to a complete background review including any

criminal convictions.
Emergency Information (required):

yy Name:
yy Relationship:
yy Home Phone: ( )
yy Mobile Phone: ( )
240
yy ALLERGIC REACTIONS IF ANY
The information in this application is true and complete, and I have not
knowingly withheld any information. I understand that misrepresentation may
be cause for dismissal. I authorize verification of all information contained in
this application. I understand that as a volunteer at the Zoo I will be expected
to demonstrate a commitment to uphold the mission of the organization, to
maintain an environment of integrity for people and for animals, and to focus
on customer service, with respect for all employees, volunteers and guests.
As a volunteer at the zoo, I agree to follow all zoo guidelines and policies.
In addition, I give consent to the Zoo to emergency medical attention in the
event that I am not able to give consent, and if my emergency contacts are
not available. I am aware that Zoo has the right to release me from service
at any time, just as I have the right to withdraw from volunteer service at any
time.
Volunteer Signature
Date
Note:
Please attach resume and certificate of voluntary service in any organisation
241
Annexure - II
STATEMENT OF CONFIDENTIALITY AND

ORGANIZATIONAL ETHICS FORM
I understand that all volunteers must hold Zoo information in strict confidence.
This obligation of confidentiality must extend to the following areas of concern:
yy Copyrighted materials and programs developed and used by the Zoo
yy Personnel information
yy Donation data base
yy Financial or operational data
yy Any sensitive animal information including escape situations
yy Research project information
(Under no circumstances the volunteer shall discuss the above information

with anyone, especially the media unless authorized to do so)
I agree that the above material is the property of the Zoo. I understand that
the Director and his/her representative shall be the official spokesperson for
the organization. I will neither disclose any information or materials to any
persons who are not employees of the Zoo nor will I copy or remove the same
from the premises of the zoo.
Volunteers shall follow a code of ethics that follows these guidelines:

yy Volunteers shall conduct themselves at all times in a professional
manner
yy Volunteer are not to capitalize on their relationship with Zoo to further
their personal or professional goals or gains, including areas of conflict
of interest. These situations include but are not limited to promoting
personal business opportunities.
I further understand that violation of any matters listed above may be grounds
for dismissal.
I also certify that the information provided on this application is true and
complete. False statements on this application shall be considered as
grounds for termination. I also understand that this is not a paid position.
Signed_________________________________
Date___________________________________
242
Annexure - III
ZOO VOLUNTEER ETHICS NORMS

AND CODE OF CONDUCT
1. Dress Code
Since a volunteer is representing the Zoo, it is important that volunteer
should dress appropriately for zoo activity. It is necessary to wear shoes and
protective clothing whenever required and non revealing clothing.
2. Identification
Volunteer must wear photo ID provided.
3. Customer Service Standards

Being a Volunteer at Zoo means working with the public. Customer service
is vital to the success of the visitor’s experience and should be considered
as number one priority. If a visitor approaches a volunteer, he/she should
always greet them with a smile and offer assistance. If one cannot answer
a particular question from a visitor he/she should find someone who can or
direct them to the Reception officer at the front entrance. A volunteer should
never ignore or be disrespectful to zoo guests.
4. Conduct
Zoo’s Volunteer Program is highly regarded by staff and Volunteers alike and
has a reputation for excellence. As a Volunteer staff member, a Volunteer’s
actions represent the Zoo and the Volunteer Program as a whole. Use of
inappropriate language, drugs or alcohol, and fighting are all grounds for
dismissal from the program. Any disputes or problems should be handled in
a calm manner and should be reported to service or staff supervisor and the
Volunteer Coordinator immediately.
Volunteers are important role models and often the most visible representatives
of the Zoo. Guests learn a lot from their attitude, comments, and behaviour. It
is expected that volunteer will behave in a manner that is appropriate to ones’
Volunteer position at the Zoo.
The Zoo should be confident in professional abilities of all staff both paid and
Volunteer. Everyone is expected to follow the same basic common sense
rules of conduct that will protect the interests and safety of visitors, animals,
243
and organization. Certain actions and forms of behavior will not be tolerated
and may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal. A determination of
appropriate action will take into consideration the circumstances surrounding
the incident and the Volunteer’s overall record.
Disciplinary Policy
Verbal Warning:
Any complaint from a service area supervisor or other Zoo staff member will
result in a meeting with the Volunteer Coordinator and verbal warning filed in
the individual’s file.
Written Warning
A second infraction will result in suspension from the program for a period of
time to be determined by the Volunteer Coordinator and Education Curator. A
written warning will be filed in the individual’s program file.
Dismissal
A third infraction will result in dismissal from the program.
Dissatisfied Customers
Occasions arise when a visitor is harsh, discourteous, speaks in raised voice
and abusive, volunteer should remain calm and handle the situation without
being disturbed or agitated.
yy Volunteer should take a deep breath, remember that the visitor is upset
and deserves your attention
yy He/she must listen to visitors patiently
yy To the visitor, a problem is important even if it doesn’t seem so to a
volunteer.
yy Problems with food products sold in the restaurant or kiosk can be
directed to the restaurant staff.
yy Problems with animal exhibits and visibility of animals should be
explained
yy Problem with zoo infrastructure and facility the volunteer may direct
them to the executing staff
Lost Person Protocol

In the case of a child that is lost, please find the nearest staff member with a
244
wireless to initiate the search protocols. Please be aware that there is also
a wireless at the entrance and office. It is important to stay in the area where
the child/parent was last seen. Do NOT walk around the zoo with the child/
parent looking for the lost person. The staff will look in the park and direct
help to your location.
Unruly Guests
These persons could be rude to a volunteer or other visitors, feeding the
animals, or doing things in the zoo that are not allowed (climbing over exhibit
fences, harassing animals, etc.).
yy This may be reported to the supervisor or another zoo staff/ personnel.
yy If they are not available, it should be told to the receptionist or ticket
booth staff. Zoo staff are the best people to deal with this type of
situation.
yy Unless a person or animal is in immediate danger, such miscreants
should not be “reprimanded”.
Volunteering Around Children

When assisting with zoo classes or in any other areas of the Zoo, the following
standards must be maintained at all times:
yy When working with children in a classroom situation, a volunteer should
always keep his/her voice calm. Never raise voice to a child.
yy In a classroom situation, the Zoo staff person is the only disciplinarian
unless a parent is present. A volunteer should not attempt to discipline
a child at any time, either verbally or physically.
yy The role of a volunteer is to support Zoo staff and to ensure a fun, safe
atmosphere for the children.
yy Do not touch a child under any circumstances for any reason.
yy If a volunteer is on Zoo grounds and witness a child doing something
which is not allowed (climbing over exhibit fences, harassing animals,
etc.), He/she should tell the parent that the child’s actions are not
permitted within the zoo. If the behavior persists, a senior staff/
personnel should be told.
Zoonosis
Volunteers that handle animals do run the risk of acquiring/transmitting
zoonotic diseases. Zoonotic diseases are those which are shared by man and
245
animals. All Volunteers that handle animals should adhere to the following
procedures.
Volunteers that work in the animal care areas must produce a negative TB
test annually. TB test results should be kept on file in the Volunteer office.
Frequent hand washing and disinfecting of the environment is recommended
as a way to prevent the transmission of zoonotic diseases.
Media
The Zoo Management must approve all media communications including,
interview and/or article requests. If a volunteer is contacted by local media
for an interview regarding Zoo, he/she notify the Volunteer Coordinator. If
approached by a media representative while on zoo grounds, he/she should
refrain from answering any questions or sharing his/her opinions on a zoo
matter, unless it has been previously approved by a representative of the
zoo management. Media requesting information from a volunteer should
be directed to Reception at the entrance. Any unauthorized interview or
attempt to contact a member of the media regarding any zoo business made
by a Volunteer will result in immediate disciplinary action, not limited to but
including dismissal from the Volunteer program.
Daily Work Routine

Sign-in/Out Procedures
Volunteers will report before the Education/volunteer coordinator/Reception

officer
1. Upon Arrival
Volunteer will enter name, date, service area worked, and total hours
worked on the Volunteer Hours book/ time sheets located in the Volunteer
coordinator’s office/ Reception office. Volunteer should sign-in on arrival and
sign-out when leaving. From these time sheets, staff can compile monthly
records of all Volunteer service areas. Signing in when volunteer arrives at
the zoo enables the staff to locate him/her in the event of an emergency.
The volunteer should check bulletin board for updates/new information and
then go to assigned work area.
2. Before Departing
Volunteer should check the schedule for any changes.
246
3. Protocols in case of illness or inability to work

In the event when a volunteer cannot come to work scheduled for him/her it
should be informed to the Education/Reception officer
Disclaimer on risk and injury to volunteer

The volunteer programs and activities in a zoo are organized in a safe manner
and zoo holds the safety of volunteers as of extreme importance The Zoo
should continually strive to reduce such risks and ensure all volunteers follow
safety rules and instructions that are designed to protect the volunteer’s
safety. However, volunteers must recognize that there is an inherent risk of
injury when choosing to volunteer for any activity or programme. Additionally,
each volunteer is solely responsible for determining if he/she is physically
fit and/or properly skilled for any volunteer activity. It is always advisable,
especially if the volunteer is disabled in any way or recently suffered an
illness, injury or impairment, to consult a physician before undertaking any
physical activity.
*****
247
Annexure IV
FORM OF WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS

AND ASSUMPTION OF RISK
I Mr/Ms ........................................................... (Name) have on my own
will agreed to work as a volunteer in the ................................................
(Name of Zoo) and recognize and acknowledge that there are certain risks of
physical injury to volunteers in this programme/activity, and I voluntarily agree
to assume the full risk of any and all injuries, damages or loss, regardless
olf severity, that I may sustain as a result of my volunteer services. I further
agree to waive and relinquish all claims I may have (or accrue to me) as a
result of my volunteer services against the zoo, including its officers, officials,
agents, volunteers and employees.
I do hereby fully release and forever discharge the Parties ['zoo'?] from any
and all claims for injuries, damages, or loss that I may have or which may
accrue to me and arising out of, connected with or in any way associated with
my volunteer services. I have read and fully understood the above important
information, warning of risk, assumption of risk and waiver and release of all
claims.
Signature, name and address of volunteer
Signature, name and address of witness 1
Signature, name and address of witness 2
248
Guidelines for Developing Framework Mechanism for Mobilizing
Financial Support for Supplementing Management of Zoos
7 (l). Guidelines for Developing Framework

Mechanism for Mobilizing Financial Support
for Supplementing Management of Zoos
Introduction:
The Zoos in India are mainly under the control of State Government, however,
few zoos are managed by Municipal and private organisations. The Zoos
are mainly located in the city suburbs with relatively large green areas and
with a natural ambience. Zoos have transformed over the years from small
menageries to Zoological park/ biological park where animals are exhibited
in large naturalistic eco-system based enclosures. The zoos regularly attract
large number of visitors as they exhibit animals not easily seen in the wild.
Zoos are conservation centres with a large potential to educate visitor and
develop understanding and empathy for wildlife. They serve as institution of
knowledge and learning about the life history of captive animals.
The zoos need to make their operations sustainable through judicious use of
available resources, using various marketing tools to raise funds for attaining
financial stability without compromising on the welfare of animals in their
collections and conservation goals.
Organizations and individuals with a strong sense of responsibility towards

nature and ecosystem integrity are keen to associate and donate funds for
the development and growth of zoos. As most of the zoos are operated by
governments, certain restriction on raising and utilization of such funds exists
hence guidelines, procedures and mechanism may help the zoos in raising
funds.
The zoos run by trusts and private sector may also use these guidelines for
availing benefits. It is true that unless zoos have best marketing strategy
they cannot tap the financial resources from the organizations and private
individuals. Zoos can be self sustaining and financially stable if they can raise
funds through innovative marketing. A workshop on marketing, fund raising,
and resource management was organized by the Central Zoo Authority at
Kolkata from 27th -30th April 2009 in collaboration with Zoological Garden,
Alipore to discuss the marketing and fund raising opportunities for the zoos in
India. More than 27 zoo directors and 2 International resource persons from
Singapore attended the workshop. Following practices may be adopted in
marketing and fund raising in zoos:
249
Zoos as Conservation Centres:

Zoos exhibit a large variety of wild animals with potential to attract visitors
keen to know about the wildlife resource of our country. Zoos can be
developed into knowledge houses by innovative nature education and
interpretation strategy. Zoos can reach out to the general public, educational
institutions and develop partnership in the field of wildlife conservation and
education. The ex-situ and in-situ conservation linkages can be leveraged to
make zoos centres for study and research on natural resource management.
The zoos should formulate strategy to market itself through dissemination of
information on its exhibits.
Zoos Finance Models:

Zoos have a large variety of animal housed in natural ecosystem based
enclosures. The animals still maintain their natural traits in the restricted
environment and are natural panorama of the wilderness. Zoos’ advantage is
the natural aesthetics and ambience which is lacking in urban areas and which
people desire. The empathy towards animals and the sylvan- surrounding
evoke the emotional cords of human beings and they begin to associate and
identify themselves with the cause of conservation of species and habitat.
Zoos’ business model should reflect the natural yearning of human beings to
conserve pristine habitats and wildlife
The sections of society, institution and organisation should have a means of

knowing about the purpose, objectives and mandate of organisation. This can
occur through dissemination of information not only through words of mouth
but by a sustained effort through print and electronic media.
The zoos under Government control are not free to openly canvass for
raising funds as the maintenance funds are allotted by Govt and the zoo
managers do not consider it as important part of their activity. It is necessary
that the state govt should explore avenues to make zoos self sustaining and
financially sound so that the welfare of animals do not suffer.
SWOT Analysis
Each zoo should carry out a SWOT analysis and develop a financial business
model based on its core strength and enter into a dialogue with organizations
and private individuals to support the zoos for conservation. The zoos have to
decide the marketing module best suited to their strengths. SWOT analysis
can indicate your current position and the way forward. It can give insight
to your strength, sphere of your excellence, your advantages, valuable
250
assets and resources, visitor perception of your strength. It can also give you
areas of your weakness, where you can do better, locate your weak areas of
management, your vulnerability. The opportunities in an ex-situ conservation
facility with respect to Conservation breeding, education and research, green
initiatives and education are immense and we need to capitalize on them. The
zoos are facing criticism on Animal ethics and welfare and media perceive
them as vulnerable entities. Internally and externally there are threats to its
progress and growth in spite of good legislation, rules and guidelines. The
zoos have to reorient themselves and incorporate significant changes in
the outlook of the management and keep abreast with new technologies,
concepts and ideas emerging in management of animals.
The first step towards economic viability of zoos is to:
Developing a Zoo Finance Model

Your business plan needs to cover the following:
a. The market,
b. Market segmentation,
c. Consumer analysis,
d. Competition,
e. Zoo Activity features and benefits,
f. Competitive analysis,
g. Positioning,
h. Advertising and promotion,
i. Sales,
j. Research and development, Operations,
k. Visitors- the target group,
l. Professional Financial Projections
This exercise will create a business model innovation; understanding the logic
through which the business can create and deliver value for the customers/
clients.
Set up a Finance Unit

Zoos should first set up a separate unit deploying existing staff if available.
In case expert opinion and advice is required, zoo should hire consultants to
manage this unit.
251
The Important features for your Zoo Finance setting

a. Clear Objectives
b. Your Mission Statement
c. Your Keys to Success
The business vision should be clear. How far you can work and achieve under
the existing Govt norms. Do you need to set up a special purpose unit under
a society model.? Will the state govt agree to this dispensation? How you can
convince the govt to give you the powers to raise and deposit funds and also
plough back and revolve the funds from entry fees and other collections. You
have to develop the vision and strategy for management and business. For
this set out the guiding principles and ethics.
Maximise Strengths
Location, surrounding, natural landscape and water bodies etc What is
your zoo known for, your hallmark, find it, develop it and make your position
statement in society. Develop rapport with other organisations private or govt
in entertainment and allied sector. How your zoo has adapted to the changing
role and philosophy about wildlife. What is your visitation and market share
as compared to other natural landscapes and entertainment centres. How
to increase your market share. You have to make the system of governance
and management work for you. Your vision should be to become a major and
important natural resource recreation and learning centre in your city with a
top position. Most important is to develop your brand and then strategically
associate and align with other supporting business (theme park, botanical
garden, transport sector, caterers etc) What is your target audience, do you
have a separate and exclusive niche audience .You may have to revise tariff
rates and operating hours to strategically take your business forward.
Zoos Dilemma
The Govt zoos bound by rules framed for govt service, finance, maintenance
procedures etc can not effect any changes deviating from govt procedures
and feel themselves restricted in executing new ideas and business concepts.
They need to form society and adapt elements of organizations management
and ethics to produce results. Govt zoos have to learn to set up and operate
towards achieving sound financial returns within the govt norms. This calls
for a optimum, efficient and effective allocation of resources, a quick turn
around time and growth of the zoo. The zoo manager should be more than an
administrator, a business manager.
252
HRD-Training
The zoos have to work and invest in the staff on training and development as
staffs are the most important assets that build an image of your organisation.
Rude and discourteous staff can ruin any organisation Empower your staff
with knowledge and efficiency of work, Provide appropriate courses, reward
and grant incentives for enhancing performance.
Practices may be adopted for Marketing and Fund raising:

1. Marketing:
a. Effective marketing strategy.
All zoos in the country should formulate effective marketing strategy to
popularize their zoos using exhibits, animals, landscape, vegetation, free
ranging fauna, zoo events etc to attract visitors from all section of community.
The market has several competitors so we must first assess our potential
based on our objective and mandate and select our target group to deliver
services in an efficient and effective manner. We should be clear as to our
market segment and focus our energy to cater to this segment. Our market
is the educational institutions, school and colleges, families from rural and
urban areas, professional, executives and business sector. The organizations
would like to expand knowledge of their work force and make them sensitive
to animal conservation, efficient energy, alternate energy, pollution and other
environmental concerns. Zoos are best placed to offer customized services
and can develop natural resource knowledge and learning modules and
impart knowledge through informal outdoor learning, including a judicious
mix of fun entertainment and learning. Marketing principles requires to sell
your zoo events and attractions much more than present levels and build your
market share.
b. Image and brand building, including use of celebrities as brand

ambassadors
The zoos should make their image and brand using various strategies e.g. role
of zoo in conservation breeding of endangered species, captivity of endemic
or exotic animals, specialized enclosures (walk in aviary, drive through
enclosures), arrival of migrating birds, free ranging fauna etc. The image
and brand of the zoo may further be built or upgraded involving celebrities
as brand ambassadors from media, film industry, sports, social sector and
even politician. Press will enhance your market if the zoos programmes are
educative and enriches peoples experience. The zoo brands need to be
developed to give it unique identity. Marketing communication will sell the
253
zoos activities to public. Develop stakeholders long term relationship for

continued support. For brand selling a trained person is required as peoples
interest in the zoo brands wane quickly. Strategic positioning and image
rejuvenation is required all the time in this dynamic sector
The positioning and branding of the zoo activity features and exhibits with right
names which attracts people can do wonders for your zoo image. Positioning
zoo towards target audience can attract large number of people. Work out the
unique selling proposition in consonance with the target audience. Make your
zoo different from others. Brand is a unique image builder and connects to
value, emotion etc and excites people and makes them loyal towards brand
and people want it all the time.
c. Professionalism and transparency

In spite of your dedicated work in govt sector your integrity is at stake as
people perceive govt working as not above board and manipulative.
Therefore zoo should adopt professionalism and transparency while making
& executing marketing strategy and generation of fund and its expenditure.
Such zoos should constitute a governing body having representation of all
stakeholders including donors in decision making of zoo management and
implementation of such policy.
d. Use of signage, hoardings, print and electronic media

The zoo should have proper signage (directional, non directional, animal
bearing signage, innovative signage), hoardings to make their image good
before the public. Electric media can also play effective role in enhancing
image of zoo in public.
e. Good public amenities

Public amenities in zoo also play big role in making its image in public hence
zoo should ensure that public amenities of zoo are of best standard and
accessible to all. The zoo should focus to have best toilet, visitor shed and
drinking water facilities. Zoo moreover should have proper road, trails, and
battery operated vehicles if zoo are large in size.
f. Sensitization of policy makers, bureaucrats

From time to time, zoo should organize meetings and seminar with the
policy makers and bureaucrats to highlight achievement and their problems
encounter in day to day and long term management and seek their intervention
in solving such problem if so.
254
g. Strengthening of infrastructural facilities

To market the image, the zoo should have best infrastructural facilities e.g.
good exhibits (enclosures), good visitor and service roads, drainage, rain
water harvesting, veterinary hospitals with all desired equipments, store,
kitchen, offices, disposal facility, and public amenities and staff quarters.
h. Postal stamps/currency to market the zoos

Zoo can request to government of India to issue stamps, currency to
market the image of zoos and highlight the issues of ex-situ conservation of
endangered species.
i. Zoos to have website

To furnish desired information to the visitors and other agencies, zoo should
have their websites with up-to-date information including the grievances
redress mechanism. This website can also have gate way of banking
institution to receive fund online from individuals and organizations. Zoos
should develop logo and tag line.
j. Add new attractions regularly

All zoos should keep adding new attractions to the visitors may be in the form
of animals in their collection or events related to animals births, wildlife week
celebrations, quiz programme, conservation education activities to school
children, and other section of the society.
k. Friends of Zoo- Potential Donors

Zoos should identify potential donors organizations or individuals by inviting
a them to events and functions of the zoo. Organizations who have evinced
keen interest in donating funds for social and public causes can be introduced
to zoos and its mandate informally so that they can develop a empathy for
the zoo animals. A long term relationship can be developed by continuing to
involve them in zoo related matters of interest to them. The donors choice
regarding the area of support is important. The donors would like zoo
management to ensure maintenance of standard and norms for animal care.
l. Donors conditions
The donors would require concessions and preferences with regard to entry
in zoo and acknowledging their contribution and role which can be agreed by
consultation within the ambit of the guidelines Possible request from donors
are: waiver of entry fee, preferential entry, visit to enclosures, erection of
255
board with details of sponsors and acknowledging their role in the official
website.
m. Networking with other sectors

There are amusement parks, museums and outdoor adventure activities
which attract visitors and zoos which hold endangered and charismatic
species struggle to increase visitation. We need to come out of isolation
and work together with other natural amusement and entertainment centres
Zoos need to network with tour operators, transporters, caterers, airlines and
hotels as their clients can be made aware about the experience zoo offers.
Further bundling with other local entertainment and amusement park will
bring more business to zoo.
n. Zoo Tariff and pricing

Pricing the various activities and events offered to public has to be carefully
done by looking at the price sensitivity of the target market audience. The
capacity of the people to spend for such experience will vary depending
on market place. The income of various income groups their priorities and
willingness to spend for leisure is to be assessed. Comparative pricing of
similar leisure activities viz watching cinema, amusement and theme park,
museum, outdoor adventure activities are to be analysed before pricing.
Differential pricing for Indians/ foreigners, school and college students,
physically challenged have to be determined. Pricing on weekdays/week
ends, school holidays/ govt holidays have to be determined. Dual Pricing
on low and high seasons will enhance visitation. The operating hours can be
changed based on seasonal exigencies. Dual pricing should be done in such
a way that rural people are not discouraged rather visit to zoos in large groups
and ‘business model approach’ has not forgotten the role of zoos towards
educating rural people.
2. Fund raising:
Fund raising is an integral part of the zoo to make it self sustaining and
financially sound. Govt rules do not encourage active fund raising events
as done in foreign zoos. Considering the restriction imposed in Financial
Rules of Government (GFR), if needed, it is advised that the zoos may have
a Registered Charitable Society/ Foundation for receiving the funds from
people and organizations for the better management. The many States have
created zoo authorities to plough back the revenue generated by the zoo
in terms of entry fee etc. for the better management of the zoo. The States
who does not have State zoo authorities yet may constitute the same for
256
the purpose of fund raising and its utilization. It is observed due to lack of
information or awareness, zoos don’t know how to receive and utilize such
fund. Following criteria may be adopted to raise the funds.
a. The zoo should be allowed to raise & use funds by their respective
operators or governments.
b. The zoo may have a Registered Society/ Foundation comprised of
all stakeholders to raise fund and utilize same for the development
of zoos.
c. Zoo should also be allowed to spend their revenue generated
from ticketing.
d. Funds or the services in the zoos may be generated using some
of the below suggested ways:-
o Appropriate advertising in zoos by organizations.
o Making friends of zoos through charging fee.
o Outsourcing or establishing souvenir shops in zoos.
o Monetary donation from individuals and organizations.
o Monetary endorsement by organizations to zoos.
o Parking of vehicles.
o Endorsement from the organizations for certain services
e.g. cleaning and hygiene in the zoo, road, enclosures,
hospital and office maintenance in zoo premises.
o Zoo can also receive certain equipments as donation
such as furniture, computer, and battery operated vehicle,
veterinary equipments, stationary item, ticketing machine
etc
o .Sponsorship for various activities viz transport, drinking
water kiosk, education programme for school children,
hygiene and health care of animals, uniform and other
accoutrements for staff, medical camps etc
o Adoption of exhibits–providing feed for animals and
maintenance of enclosure and health care etc
o Sponsoring conservation breeding programmes, ex-
situ & in-situ conservation of animals, species recovery
programme etc
257
o Receive donation and wills

o Special fund raising events for Environment protection and
general conservation
o Zoo can create a program aimed at connecting NGO’s and
government organizations with nature. More importantly,
the program can show them a business case for improving
the efficiency and green-energy of their operations. The
strategy is to take executives out of the boardroom, bring
them to the zoo and immerse them in a close-up encounter
with endangered species, and provide workshops and
presentations on innovations and new technology on
green-energy, and the business’ zoo ecological footprint.
3. Other Revenue generation options

Zoos should examine other revenue generation possibilities from serving/
leasing rights to supply Food and Beverages, adoption of animals and
sponsoring maintenance activities, photography, transport rides, entry to new
attraction areas and overnight stay in zoo education centres etc Food and
beverages should be of excellent quality in a natural setting, with specific
themes so that the food becomes a unique zoo visit proposition. Research
is required to cater the choice meals to customers. Outlets for distribution of
Food and Beverages (cold drinks, tea, coffee etc.) should be appropriately
spread in the zoo.
The role of the donor organizations/individuals in the management of zoo

should also be clearly spelt out as without proper precaution they may likely
unduly interfere in the internal management/administration of the zoo to the
detriment of the stated objectives of the institution. While advertising on zoo
signage or sponsoring structures/literature or adopting animals it should be
ensured that their massages/ads/logos do not over shadow the zoo massage/
animals or zoo landscape. The zoo management should retain its discretion
in the matter and there should clear guidelines for the same.
All zoos will develop protocol for receiving such aid, fix price or amount
of different services and adoption of animals. All such aid will be entered
into records and subjected to the audit. The zoo will have annual audit by
competent authority for said grant and aid as well. Attempt should be made to
deploy marketing professionals to market the image of zoo and raise of funds.
*****
258
Advisory - Banning Elephants from Zoo collections
7(m). Advisory - Banning Elephants from

Zoo collections
Time and again, it has been brought to the notice of this Authority that the
housekeeping of elephants in zoos leaves a lot to be desired, causing trauma
to the animal. Elephant is a large megaherbivore, which is free ranging,
cruising over long distances. There are very few zoos in the country, which
have adequate space to permit free movement of elephants, as a result of
which they are kept chained for long hours, causing stress to the animal.
Further, more often than not, such captive elephants in zoos hardly breed.
There are instances of zoo elephants coming in ‘Musth’ causing serious
threats to visitors. The zoo management also has tremendous financial
liability for the day-to-day maintenance/ housekeeping of elephants. There
is very little scope for ex-situ linkage in the context of zoo elephants in India.
Considering the above, the following directives are issued:
(i) Elephants are banned from zoo collections throughout the country with
immediate effect. All captive elephants in zoos should be rehabilitated in
elephant camps/ rehabilitation camps/ facilities available with the forest
department at National Parks/ Wildlife Sanctuaries/ Tiger Reserves for
departmental use.
(ii) The guidelines/ precautions issued by this Authority for transporting zoo
animals, time and again, should be strictly followed. The programme
for transporting elephants should be drawn up in consultation with the
Chief Wildlife Warden of the State, under whose supervisory control the
said process should be conducted.
(iii) The Central Zoo Authority would bear the cost for transportation of
elephants in this regard, based on a proposal received through the
Chief Wildlife Warden of the State.
* Issued to the Chief Wild Life Wardens of all States/ UTs vide Central Zoo
Authority Letter No. 7-5/2006-CZA (Vol.II) dated 7th November, 2009.
259
7 (m) (i). Guidelines for management and

maintenance of elephants in circuses
1. For the purpose of easy identification, each elephant should be
implanted with microchips in consultation with the respective Chief
Wildlife Warden of the State.
2. The elephants should be kept tied only in one leg with chain/ rope
covered by leather tubes, the legs for tying may be kept changing.
3. Only in case of any elephant (male/female) is excited, irritated or
creating any problem or in musth, the elephants should be more
securely tied (may be tied on more than one leg) or other restraining
measures can be taken.
4. Daily walk/ exercise for atleast two hours in the early morning hours
should be given to the all elephants.
5. Tree fodder like peepal (Ficus religiosa), jamun (Schizigium cumini) and
neem (Azardiractha indica) should be provided along with the branches.
6. Treatment records should be kept as per the proforma provided by the
7. Faecal samples of the animals should be examined periodically in the
laboratory.
8. Screening against infectious and contagious diseases should be made
regularly.
9. Birth, death and acquisition report should be submitted to the Central
Zoo Authority at the end of each financial year.
10. The circus must procure a set of tranquilizing equipment with essential
drugs for meeting the emergencies particularly when they have a young
bull elephant which is coming to musth.
260
Recommended guidelines during stakeholder meetings on “Elephants' Upkeep in Zoos”
7 (m) (ii). Recommended guidelines during

stakeholder meetings on “Elephants' Upkeep in Zoos”
(held on 18.03.2013 & 25.10.2013)
1. CZA upholds ban on zoos that lack space and appropriate environment
for housing elephants.
2. CZA bans further intake of elephants (except elephants rescued from
the wild, confiscated and old / abandoned / abused elephants, as
mentioned in CZA guidelines on dealing with rescued animals).
3. CZA may permit some zoos to house elephants subject to the zoo’s
willingness to provide increased area, a better environment, higher
quality of welfare for elephants and comply with CZA guidelines and
specific conditions laid down by CZA Sub-committee for the housing of
elephants.
4. Zoos that are able to provide large forested/vegetated environment,
lakes or water body, adequate space and expert veterinary support may
be considered by CZA for retention of elephants provided the above
conditions are met with.
5. Elephant enclosures in zoos should have a minimum of 1.2 acres per
elephant. It is recommended to house elephants in small groups and not
as single animals. This is in addition to the water body and confinement
zone (where the elephant could be tethered for conditioning the
elephants for easy handling for veterinary examination, bathing, foot
care etc.) (or what is called the Elephant House).
6. Time period for compliance for zoos applying for retaining elephants is six
months failing which they have to shift their elephants out of their zoos.
7. All elephant management practices followed at the zoo should conform
to the needs of the elephants and not oriented towards visitors.
8. Using zoo elephants at temples, processions or riding is banned
9. The CZA guidelines for Elephant housing and management to be
reviewed by the CZA sub-committee keeping in mind modern elephant
management and training practices.
10. The CZA sub-committee may guide the zoos with regard to elephant
management, design of elephant enclosures, humane training and
handling methods, enrichment and keeper training.
261
11. CZA will subject zoos retaining elephants to regular evaluation to

ensure compliance.
12. The Govt. of India and State Governments must initiate the establishment
of ideal rescue centers that comply with guidelines.
13. The CZA may guide the zoos keeping elephants on their proper upkeep
from time to time.
14. Allow the elephant with minimal interference of human being including
Mahout/ keepers.
15. Elephants with human imprint should not be released back to the wild,
such animals may be sent to elephant camps at National Parks and
Wildlife Sanctuaries.
16. Regular training courses for Zoo Mahout should be taken by Central
Zoo Authority every year.
17. Elephant riding by Mahout is not required all the time. Elephant should
be allowed to walk on its own.
18. Chain (in case used) of the elephant should be covered by the fire
hoses.
19. When the zoo is opened to the visitors, the Mahout should not be
moving with the elephant.
20. The cleaning of enclosure should be completed before opening the zoo
to the visitors.
21. Cambering of platform should be easy to getting up/ sleeping of
elephants.
22. The food should be kept in different area of the enclosure in order to
keep the elephants active and maximize the utilization of the animal
enclosure.
23. The ground provided for housing elephants should be kuccha made of
mud.
24. No chaining at the first instance, if required the elephants should be
kept tied only in one leg with chain/ rope covered by leather tubes, the
legs for tying may be changed alternately.
25. Only when any elephant excited, irritated or creating any problem or in
musth, the elephants (male/ female) should be more securely tied (may
262
Recommended guidelines during stakeholder meetings on “Elephants' Upkeep in Zoos”
be tied on more than one leg) or other restraining measures can be

taken.
26. Daily walk/ exercise for atleast two hours in the early morning hours
should be given to all the elephants.
27. Tree fodder like peepal (Ficus religiosa), jamun (Schizigium cumini) and
neem (Azardiractha indica) should be provided along with the branches.
28. Treatment records should be kept as per the proforma provided by the
29. Faecal samples of the animals should be examined periodically in the
laboratory.
30. Screening against infectious and contagious diseases should be made
regularly.
31. Birth, death and acquisition report should be submitted to the Central
Zoo Authority at the end of each financial year.
32. The zoo must procure a set of tranquilizing equipment with essential
drugs for meeting the emergencies particularly when they have a young
bull elephant which is coming to musth.
33. The elephants housed in the Zoos should have a microchip implanted,
the details should be submitted to the Central Zoo Authority.
34. Enrichment of Elephant Housing (Habitat-Forested/Vegetation, Social,
Dietary, Water pools/lakes, logs, rock, timber, dry tree, sand and
basking)
*****
263
7 (n). Policy on establishment of Dolphinarium
Time and again, it has been brought to the notice of this Ministry that the
State Governments through various departments, organizations, tourism
development corporations in particular, have been planning to develop
dolphinarium in the State with main aim to attract tourism for commercial
purpose with the intention of organizing dolphin show etc.
Whereas under Section 2(39) of Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 the definition
of ‘zoo’ is given as an establishment, whether stationary or mobile, where
captive animals are kept for exhibition to the public [and includes a circus and
rescue centres but does not include an establishment of a licensed dealer in
captive animals.]” and as such, the dolphinarium will fall under the definition
of ‘zoo’,
Whereas as per 38H (1) of Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, no zoo shall
be operated without being recognized by Central Zoo Authority and as per
Section 38H (1A) a zoo shall not be established without obtaining prior
approval of the Central Zoo Authority. Moreover, such zoo requires approval
of the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India, in terms of the Order dated 20.11.2000
passed in W. P. No. 47/1998-Navin M. Raheja V/s Union of India and Ors.
Whereas as per Section 38H (4) of Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, no
recognition to a zoo shall be granted unless the Central Zoo Authority is
satisfied that it is for the interest of protection and conservation of wildlife,
Whereas the Gangetic dolphin and Snubfin dolphin are listed in Schedule-I
and all Cetacean species are listed in Schedule II part I of the Wild Life
(Protection) Act, 1972,

Whereas Government of India has declared Gangetic Dolphin as its national
aquatic animal with a view to protect these endangered species,
Whereas cetaceans in general are highly intelligent and sensitive, and

various scientists who have researched dolphin behavior have suggested
that the unusually high intelligence; as compared to other animals means that
dolphin should be seen as “non-human persons” and as such should have
their own specific rights and is morally unacceptable to keep them captive for
entertainment purpose,
264
Policy on establishment of Dolphinarium
Whereas, cetaceans in general do not survive well in captivity. Confinement

in captivity can seriously compromise the welfare and survival of all types of
cetaceans by altering their behaviour and causing extreme distress.
Therefore, in view of the foregoing, the Ministry of Environment and Forests,

Government of India have decided not to allow establishment of dolpinarium
in the country. The State Governments are advised to reject any such
proposal for dolphinarium to any person/persons, organizations, Government
agencies, private or public enterprises that involves import, capture of
cetacean species to establish for commercial entertainment, private or public
exhibition and interaction purposes whatsoever.
This has the approval of Minister of State (Independent Charge), Ministry of

Environment and Forests/ Chairperson, CZA dated 16.05.2013.
*Issued to the Chief Secretaries of all States, Principal Secretaries, Deptt.

of Environment & Forests of all States/ UTs and Principal Chief Conservator
of Forests & Chief Wild Life Wardens of all States/ UTs vide Central Zoo
Authority Letter No. 20-1/2010-CZA, dated 17.05.2013.
265
7 (o). Suggested Health Monitoring Protocol for Zoos
Following are the overall suggestions and recommendations which can be

implemented to zoos having the large felids:
1. Maintaining detailed information pertaining to a breeding/ studbook
in a uniform manner helps proper selection of breeding population. It
prevents inbreeding and gives chance for the expression of most of the
founder gene.
2. Systemic and comprehensive recording of husbandry, medical

and pathological data is essential in a uniform manner. The use of
standardized computer programme (such as ARKS and MEDARKS
from ISIS) is advisable.
3. The use of standard prescribed proforma for postmortem report,

biological sample collection and dispatch is important.
4. Use of skin tattoos and/ or implanted transponders for proper

identification of individual animal is recommended.
5. Properly designed housing facilities that cater the physical and

psychological needs of the large felids should be used. The housing
facilities should meet the standards prescribed by the Central Zoo
Authority.
6. Since the feed given to large felids is meat, it is recommended to add

5 g calcium carbonate, 10 gm Di-calcium phosphate with every 2 kg,
muscle meat. Whereas the addition of good quality 1.2 gm multi-
vitamin-mineral powder is also advisable to meet the requirement of
vitamins and minerals.
7. Feed should be thoroughly checked for quality and occasionally for

laboratory examination to know the load of pathogenic micro-organism,
Gross observations for presence of cyst and other contaminants should
be done to prevent diseases.
8. The food preparation area should be clean and free from flies, insect
pests as well as pathogenic microorganisms.
266
Suggested Health Monitoring Protocol for Zoos
9. Transmission of pathogen should be minimized with proper hygiene

and sanitation.
10. Regular disinfection of feed preparation area, feeding cubicles and

utensils should be carried out. Use of ultra violet lights and fly/ insects
repellents is highly recommended.
11. To control the spread of zoonotic diseases staff should be periodically

screened for variety of condition. In case of cat keepers, annual tests
should at least be carried out lot. Tuberculosis, toxoplamosis and other
communicable diseases.
12. Individual animal should be carefully observed every day for its physical
state, food and water consumption, urination, defection, alertness and
activity. Similarly careful examination of an animal’s den and enclosure
can also be rewarding.
13. The observations made by the keeper/staff should be documented daily

and presented to the veterinarian and supervisory staff for evaluation
and for necessary actions.
14. Some animals are very shy or hyper excited, like mother with cub and
pair during mating. During such occasions consideration should be
given for the use of phones or even video cameras with which cats may
be monitored remotely.
15. Whenever an opportunity arises, cats should be undergo a thorough

physical examination. During such times, biological materials like
blood, urine, faces and other body fluids may be collected for detailed
laboratory examination (bacterial and parasitic isolation serological
examination).
16. Periodic screening of all the animals for parasitic, bacterial and viral
infections is essential part of health management. The faecal screening
should be carried out every three month. There is a need of sero
epidemiological survey of major viral diseases in large felids.
17. The collection and examination of blood samples for nutrients, parasites
and body status is recommended every eyar. Whereas, bacteriological
screening of animals for important bacterial pathogens should be
carried out every six months.
267
18. On the basis of the report of parasitic study, the deworming should
be carried out using suitable drugs. Even if no parasite are detected
in the periodic screening it is recommended giving anthelmintics to
all the animals every six months. At the same time alternative use of
deworming drugs is essential to avoid drug resistance.
19. To control the entry of feral dogs, cats and mongoose, zoo and cage
boundary should be made in such a way that it prevents entry of such
animals.
20. The vaccination against Panleukopenia (Feline Distemper).

Rhinotrachitis and Calici virus is recommended using Fel-O-Vax (Fort
Dodge Alb inc.), The juveniles should be vaccinated at S, 12 and 16
weeks of age, and should be repeated at six months and then given
annual booster.
21. A period of 30 days or more for quarantine is recommended for every

animal entering the collection.
sd/- sd/- sd/-

(R.G. Jani) (A.B. Shrivastav) (L.N. Acharjyo)
Member Member Chairman
Date : 08.10.2004
Place : New Delhi
* Issued to the Chief Wildlife Wardens of all states and Director/ Curators/
Zoo-Incharge of all Large, Medium and Small Zoos having large Carnivores
species vide letter No. 25-1/2002-CZA(M), dated 18.11.2004.
268
7 (p). Measures for preventing Avian Influenza
Incidences of avian influenza virus (bird flu) has been reported from the
South-East Asian countries, which has affected domestic poultry. Human
beings have also been reported to get infected by this disease which has led
to deaths.
It is understood that the waterfowls are major reservoir of avian influenza

virus. Keeping in view of the fact that during the months of September to
December all the migratory waterfowls come to India for winter nesting, it
will be advisable to take necessary precautionary measures for preventing
exposure of the fowls being displayed in your zoos to the wild birds as well
as to the keepers/personnel directly in-charge for handling of animals in the
zoos. The animal husbandry department and the medical services department
of your area may be approached for drawing up a suitable contingency plan to
tackle any eventuality in this regard.
*Issued to Director/ Zoo Superintendent/ In-charge of Large, Medium and

Small Zoos vide letter No. 25-1/2002-CZA(290)(M) dated 20.9.2005.
269
7 (q). CENTRAL GOVERNMENT ORDERS

PROHIBITING SALE OF ANIMALS BY ZOO
No. 3-52/87-WL-I
Government of India
Department of Environment & Forests and Wildlife
(Wildlife I Section)
Paryavaran Bhavan, Phase II, C.G.O. Complex,
Lodhi Road, New Delhi
The 28th October, 1987
To
The Forest Secretaries/ Chief Wildlife
Wardens of all states/ UTs.
Subject: Requests for sale of animals to circuses-instructions

regarding.
Sir,
Instances have come when the state Governments and Directors
of Zoos have requested to allow them to sell their excess animals to circus
parties on the plea that they are having excess of animals like lions, leopards
and tigers etc. and due to limited accommodation, there excess animals are
maintained in small cells. Moreover, feeding expenditure on these animals is
also stated to be a problem. The matter was discussed in the meeting of the
Expert Committee of Indian Board for Wildlife on zoos held on 15.1.1986.
After careful consideration, it has been decided not to allow the sale of excess
animals of Indian Zoos to Circuses. However, such zoos may exchange their
excess animals with other Indian zoos authorized by Government of India or
State Government/ Municipal Corporation. It would also be appropriate to
curtail or stop breeding alongwith those animals which are getting surplus.
It is requested that above instructions may kindly be complied with.
270
CENTRAL GOVERNMENT ORDERS PROHIBITING SALE OF ANIMALS BY ZOO
No. 3352/87-WL-I
Government of India
Department of Environment & Forests and Wildlife
(Wildlife I Section)
Paryavaran Bhavan, Phase II, C.G.O. Complex,
Lodhi Road, New Delhi
Dated 14th November, 1990
To
The Chief Wildlife Wardens of all the States.
Sir,
We have received reports about some zoos entering into commercial
transactions with private circuses for disposal of the zoos animals.
Instructions have already been issued vide this Ministry’s letter No. 3-55/87-
WL-I, dated 28.10.87 that the zoos should not enter into any transactions of
animals with the circuses/ private indivisuals. The surplus animals should
invariably be disposed of through exchange programmes between different
zoos. Population control measures should also be adoptaed in respect of the
species which are breeding excessively.
2. It may be brought to the notice of the zoos that under section 49B of
the Act there is a total ban on any commercial dealings of scheduled animals
and any zoo carrying out commercial transaction in violation of scheduled
animals would be liable for prosecution under the Act. Similarly, in respect
of other animals also any dealings of wild animals can be done only under
licence under section 44 of the Act. Therefore, the zoos are not entitled to
carry out any trade in respect of any wildlife species. The violators of the
provision of the Act would be liable for punishment under the Act. You may
further ensure that while suitable action is taken against the defaulting zoos
no legal certificate of ownership should be issued in favour of any circus or
private individuals for the animals acquired from the zoos.
*****
271

Zoo in India 2014 Final

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zoo in India 2014 Final

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zoo in India 2014 Final

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zoos in India

Central Zoo Authority

First published as "Zoos-instrument for Conservation" : 1998

Cover Photos Credit: Brij Kishor Gupta

Central Zoo Authority

1. National Zoo Policy, 1998 1-6

E-mail: [email protected] Website: http://www.cza.nic.in

National Zoo Policy, 1998

1. National Zoo Policy, 1998

RELEVANT SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ZOOS

THE WILDLIFE (PROTECTION)

[(8) [Omitted 2002.] ]

C1 (a). of sub-section (1) of Sec. 3;

[(12A) “Forest Officer” means the Forest officer appointed under

[(12B) “forest produce” shall have the same meaning as in sub-

(13) [Omitted 1991.]

(14) “Government property” means property referred to in Sec.39;

(15) “habitat” includes land, water, or vegetation which is the natural

(16) “hunting”, with its grammatical variations and cognate

[(a) killing or poisoning of any wild animal or captive animal

[(b) capturing, coursing, snaring, trapping, driving or baiting

(c) injuring or destroying or taking any part of the body of

(25) “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

[(25A) “recognized zoo” means a zoo recognized under Sec.

[(25B) “reserve forest” means the forest declare to be reserved by

[(26) “sanctuary” means an area declared as a sanctuary by notification

[(27) “specified plant” means any plant specified in Schedule VI;]

[(28) [Omitted 2002.]]

(29) “State Government”, in relation to a Union Territory, means the

[(30) “taxidermy”, with its grammatical variations and cognate

[(30A) “territorial waters” shall have the same meaning as in Sec.3.

3. Appointment of Director another officers. - (1) The Central

4. Appointment of Chief Wildlife Warden and other officers. - (1)

(k) the Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the

for the purpose of exercising such powers and performing such

(b) the Minister in-charge of Forests and Wild Life- Vice-

7. Procedure to be followed by the Board.- (1) The Board shall meet at

(ii) The business of breeding of birds in captivity by procuring them by trapping is

10. [Omitted 1991. ]

to be beyond recovery, by order in writing and stating the

12. Grant of permit for special purposes. - Notwithstanding anything

[Provided that no such permit shall be granted:

13. [Omitted 1991. ]

17A. Prohibition of picking, uprooting, etc., of specified plants. .....

17B. Grants of permit for special purposes.- .....

17C. Cultivation of specified plants without licence prohibited. - .....

17D. Dealing in specified plants without licence prohibited.- .....

17E. Declaration of stock. - .....

17F. Possession, etc., of plants by licensee. - .....

17G. Purchase, etc., of specified plants. - .....

17H. Plants to be Government property.- .....

25. Acquisition proceedings.- .....

26. Delegation of Collector’s powers.- .....

[(26A) Declaration of area as Sanctuary. - .....

28. Grant of permit. - .....

[29. Destruction, etc., in a sanctuary prohibited without a permit.- .....

34. Registration of certain persons in possession of arms. -

Sanctuaries or National Parks declared by Central Government

38B. Term of office and conditions of service of chairperson and

(e) is, without obtaining leave or absence from the authority,